fix for ORB tests

fixed some bugs in gpu module under Windows:
* convertTo alignment error
........

3rdparty/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-if(NOT ZLIB_FOUND)
-    add_subdirectory(zlib)
-endif()
-if(WITH_JASPER AND NOT JASPER_FOUND)
-    add_subdirectory(libjasper)
-endif()
-if(WITH_JPEG AND NOT JPEG_FOUND)
-    add_subdirectory(libjpeg)
-endif()
-if(WITH_PNG AND NOT PNG_FOUND)
-    add_subdirectory(libpng)
-endif()
-if(WITH_TIFF AND NOT TIFF_FOUND)
-    add_subdirectory(libtiff)
-endif()
-if(WIN32)
-    add_subdirectory(ffmpeg)
-endif()

3rdparty/ffmpeg/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-project(opencv_ffmpeg)
-
-if(MSVC64 OR MINGW64)
-   set(FFMPEG_SUFFIX _64)
-endif()
-
-set(module_bare_name "opencv_ffmpeg${FFMPEG_SUFFIX}.dll")
-set(module_name "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${module_bare_name}")
-
-get_target_property(bin_dir opencv_traincascade LOCATION)
-get_filename_component(bin_dir ${bin_dir} PATH) 
-
-message(STATUS "ffmpeg output dir: ${bin_dir}")
-
-add_custom_target(opencv_ffmpeg ALL
-                  COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy
-                    ${module_name} ${bin_dir}/${module_bare_name}
-                  COMMENT "Copying ${module_name} to the output directory")
-
-install(FILES ${module_name} DESTINATION bin COMPONENT main)

3rdparty/ffmpeg/ffmpeg_version.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+set(NEW_FFMPEG 1)
+set(HAVE_FFMPEG_CODEC 1)
+set(HAVE_FFMPEG_FORMAT 1)
+set(HAVE_FFMPEG_UTIL 1)
+set(HAVE_FFMPEG_SWSCALE 1)
+set(HAVE_GENTOO_FFMPEG 1)
+
+set(ALIASOF_libavcodec_VERSION 53.61.100)
+set(ALIASOF_libavformat_VERSION 53.32.100)
+set(ALIASOF_libavutil_VERSION 51.35.100)
+set(ALIASOF_libswscale_VERSION 2.1.100)

3rdparty/ffmpeg/make.bat

@@ -1,3 +1,2 @@
-rem gcc -Wall -shared -o opencv_ffmpeg.dll -O3 -x c++ -I../include -I../include/ffmpeg_ -I../../modules/highgui/src ffopencv.c -L../lib -lavformat -lavcodec -lavdevice -lswscale -lavutil -lwsock32 -lpthreadGÑE2
-gcc -Wall -shared -o opencv_ffmpeg.dll -O2 -x c++ -I../include -I../include/ffmpeg_ -I../../modules/highgui/src ffopencv.c -L../lib -lavformat -lavcodec -lavdevice -lswscale -lavutil -lwsock32
-set path=c:\apps\mingw64\bin;%path% & gcc -Wall -shared -o opencv_ffmpeg_64.dll -O2 -x c++ -I../include -I../include/ffmpeg_ -I../../modules/highgui/src ffopencv.c -L../lib -lavformat64 -lavcodec64 -lavdevice64 -lswscale64 -lavutil64 -lavcore64 -lwsock32
+set path=c:\dev\msys32\bin;%path% & gcc -Wall -shared -o opencv_ffmpeg.dll -O2 -x c++ -I../include -I../include/ffmpeg_ -I../../modules/highgui/src ffopencv.c -L../lib -lavformat -lavcodec -lavdevice -lswscale -lavutil -lwsock32
+set path=c:\dev\msys64\bin;%path% & gcc -m64 -Wall -shared -o opencv_ffmpeg_64.dll -O2 -x c++ -I../include -I../include/ffmpeg_ -I../../modules/highgui/src ffopencv.c -L../lib -lavformat64 -lavcodec64 -lavdevice64 -lswscale64 -lavutil64 -lavcore64 -lwsock32 -lws2_32

3rdparty/ffmpeg/readme.txt

@@ -7,3 +7,38 @@ Otherwise the produced DLL will likely be dependent on libgcc_s_dw2-1.dll or sim
 While we want to make the DLLs with minimum dependencies: Win32 libraries + msvcrt.dll.
 
 ffopencv.c is really a C++ source, hence -x c++ is used.
+
+How to update opencv_ffmpeg.dll and opencv_ffmpeg_64.dll when a new version of FFMPEG is release?
+
+1. Install 32-bit MinGW + MSYS from
+   http://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Automated%20MinGW%20Installer/mingw-get-inst/
+   Let's assume, it's installed in C:\MSYS32.
+2. Install 64-bit MinGW. http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net/
+   Let's assume, it's installed in C:\MSYS64
+3. Copy C:\MSYS32\msys to C:\MSYS64\msys. Edit C:\MSYS64\msys\etc\fstab, change C:\MSYS32 to C:\MSYS64.
+   
+4. Now you have working MSYS32 and MSYS64 environments.
+   Launch, one by one, C:\MSYS32\msys\msys.bat and C:\MSYS64\msys\msys.bat to create your home directories.
+
+4. Download ffmpeg-x.y.z.tar.gz (where x.y.z denotes the actual ffmpeg version).
+   Copy it to C:\MSYS{32|64}\msys\home\<loginname> directory.
+
+5. To build 32-bit ffmpeg libraries, run C:\MSYS32\msys\msys.bat and type the following commands:
+
+   5.1. tar -xzf ffmpeg-x.y.z.tar.gz
+   5.2. mkdir build
+   5.3. cd build
+   5.4. ../ffmpeg-x.y.z/configure --enable-w32threads
+   5.5. make
+   5.6. make install
+   5.7. cd /local/lib
+   5.8. strip -g *.a
+
+6. Then repeat the same for 64-bit case. The output libs: libavcodec.a etc. need to be renamed to libavcodec64.a etc.
+
+7. Then, copy all those libs to <opencv>\3rdparty\lib\, copy the headers to <opencv>\3rdparty\include\ffmpeg_.
+
+8. Then, go to <opencv>\3rdparty\ffmpeg, edit make.bat
+   (change paths to the actual paths to your msys32 and msys64 distributions) and then run make.bat
+
+

3rdparty/include/MultiMon.h

@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+//=============================================================================
+//
+// multimon.h -- Stub module that fakes multiple monitor apis on Win32 OSes
+//               without them.
+//
+// By using this header your code will get back default values from
+// GetSystemMetrics() for new metrics, and the new multimonitor APIs
+// will act like only one display is present on a Win32 OS without
+// multimonitor APIs.
+//
+// Exactly one source must include this with COMPILE_MULTIMON_STUBS defined.
+//
+// Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. 
+//
+//=============================================================================
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {            // Assume C declarations for C++
+#endif // __cplusplus
+
+//
+// If we are building with Win95/NT4 headers, we need to declare
+// the multimonitor-related metrics and APIs ourselves.
+//
+#ifndef SM_CMONITORS
+
+#define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN       76
+#define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN       77
+#define SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN      78
+#define SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN      79
+#define SM_CMONITORS            80
+#define SM_SAMEDISPLAYFORMAT    81
+
+// HMONITOR is already declared if WINVER >= 0x0500 in windef.h
+// This is for components built with an older version number.
+//
+#if !defined(HMONITOR_DECLARED) && (WINVER < 0x0500)
+DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
+#define HMONITOR_DECLARED
+#endif
+
+#define MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL       0x00000000
+#define MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY    0x00000001
+#define MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST    0x00000002
+
+#define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY        0x00000001
+
+typedef struct tagMONITORINFO
+{
+    DWORD   cbSize;
+    RECT    rcMonitor;
+    RECT    rcWork;
+    DWORD   dwFlags;
+} MONITORINFO, *LPMONITORINFO;
+
+#ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
+#define CCHDEVICENAME 32
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+typedef struct tagMONITORINFOEXA : public tagMONITORINFO
+{
+    CHAR        szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
+} MONITORINFOEXA, *LPMONITORINFOEXA;
+typedef struct tagMONITORINFOEXW : public tagMONITORINFO
+{
+    WCHAR       szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
+} MONITORINFOEXW, *LPMONITORINFOEXW;
+#ifdef UNICODE
+typedef MONITORINFOEXW MONITORINFOEX;
+typedef LPMONITORINFOEXW LPMONITORINFOEX;
+#else
+typedef MONITORINFOEXA MONITORINFOEX;
+typedef LPMONITORINFOEXA LPMONITORINFOEX;
+#endif // UNICODE
+#else // ndef __cplusplus
+typedef struct tagMONITORINFOEXA
+{
+    MONITORINFO;
+    CHAR        szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
+} MONITORINFOEXA, *LPMONITORINFOEXA;
+typedef struct tagMONITORINFOEXW
+{
+    MONITORINFO;
+    WCHAR       szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
+} MONITORINFOEXW, *LPMONITORINFOEXW;
+#ifdef UNICODE
+typedef MONITORINFOEXW MONITORINFOEX;
+typedef LPMONITORINFOEXW LPMONITORINFOEX;
+#else
+typedef MONITORINFOEXA MONITORINFOEX;
+typedef LPMONITORINFOEXA LPMONITORINFOEX;
+#endif // UNICODE
+#endif
+
+typedef BOOL (CALLBACK* MONITORENUMPROC)(HMONITOR, HDC, LPRECT, LPARAM);
+
+#ifndef DISPLAY_DEVICE_ATTACHED_TO_DESKTOP
+typedef struct _DISPLAY_DEVICEA {
+    DWORD  cb;
+    CHAR   DeviceName[32];
+    CHAR   DeviceString[128];
+    DWORD  StateFlags;
+    CHAR   DeviceID[128];
+    CHAR   DeviceKey[128];
+} DISPLAY_DEVICEA, *PDISPLAY_DEVICEA, *LPDISPLAY_DEVICEA;
+typedef struct _DISPLAY_DEVICEW {
+    DWORD  cb;
+    WCHAR  DeviceName[32];
+    WCHAR  DeviceString[128];
+    DWORD  StateFlags;
+    WCHAR  DeviceID[128];
+    WCHAR  DeviceKey[128];
+} DISPLAY_DEVICEW, *PDISPLAY_DEVICEW, *LPDISPLAY_DEVICEW;
+#ifdef UNICODE
+typedef DISPLAY_DEVICEW DISPLAY_DEVICE;
+typedef PDISPLAY_DEVICEW PDISPLAY_DEVICE;
+typedef LPDISPLAY_DEVICEW LPDISPLAY_DEVICE;
+#else
+typedef DISPLAY_DEVICEA DISPLAY_DEVICE;
+typedef PDISPLAY_DEVICEA PDISPLAY_DEVICE;
+typedef LPDISPLAY_DEVICEA LPDISPLAY_DEVICE;
+#endif // UNICODE
+
+#define DISPLAY_DEVICE_ATTACHED_TO_DESKTOP 0x00000001
+#define DISPLAY_DEVICE_MULTI_DRIVER        0x00000002
+#define DISPLAY_DEVICE_PRIMARY_DEVICE      0x00000004
+#define DISPLAY_DEVICE_MIRRORING_DRIVER    0x00000008
+#define DISPLAY_DEVICE_VGA_COMPATIBLE      0x00000010
+#endif
+
+#endif  // SM_CMONITORS
+
+#undef GetMonitorInfo
+#undef GetSystemMetrics
+#undef MonitorFromWindow
+#undef MonitorFromRect
+#undef MonitorFromPoint
+#undef EnumDisplayMonitors
+#undef EnumDisplayDevices
+
+//
+// Define COMPILE_MULTIMON_STUBS to compile the stubs;
+// otherwise, you get the declarations.
+//
+#ifdef COMPILE_MULTIMON_STUBS
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Implement the API stubs.
+//
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT
+#if defined(__GOT_SECURE_LIB__) && __GOT_SECURE_LIB__ >= 200402L
+#define _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT 1
+#else
+#define _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT 0
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MULTIMON_FNS_DEFINED
+
+int      (WINAPI* g_pfnGetSystemMetrics)(int) = NULL;
+HMONITOR (WINAPI* g_pfnMonitorFromWindow)(HWND, DWORD) = NULL;
+HMONITOR (WINAPI* g_pfnMonitorFromRect)(LPCRECT, DWORD) = NULL;
+HMONITOR (WINAPI* g_pfnMonitorFromPoint)(POINT, DWORD) = NULL;
+BOOL     (WINAPI* g_pfnGetMonitorInfo)(HMONITOR, LPMONITORINFO) = NULL;
+BOOL     (WINAPI* g_pfnEnumDisplayMonitors)(HDC, LPCRECT, MONITORENUMPROC, LPARAM) = NULL;
+BOOL     (WINAPI* g_pfnEnumDisplayDevices)(PVOID, DWORD, PDISPLAY_DEVICE,DWORD) = NULL;
+BOOL     g_fMultiMonInitDone = FALSE;
+BOOL     g_fMultimonPlatformNT = FALSE;
+
+#endif
+
+BOOL IsPlatformNT()
+{ 
+    OSVERSIONINFOA osvi = {0};
+    osvi.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osvi);
+    GetVersionExA((OSVERSIONINFOA*)&osvi);
+    return (VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT == osvi.dwPlatformId);    
+}
+
+BOOL InitMultipleMonitorStubs(void)
+{
+    HMODULE hUser32;
+    if (g_fMultiMonInitDone)
+    {
+        return g_pfnGetMonitorInfo != NULL;
+    }
+
+    g_fMultimonPlatformNT = IsPlatformNT();
+    hUser32 = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("USER32"));
+    if (hUser32 &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnGetSystemMetrics    = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"GetSystemMetrics")) != NULL &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnMonitorFromWindow   = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"MonitorFromWindow")) != NULL &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnMonitorFromRect     = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"MonitorFromRect")) != NULL &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnMonitorFromPoint    = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"MonitorFromPoint")) != NULL &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnEnumDisplayMonitors = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"EnumDisplayMonitors")) != NULL &&
+#ifdef UNICODE
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnEnumDisplayDevices  = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"EnumDisplayDevicesW")) != NULL &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnGetMonitorInfo      = g_fMultimonPlatformNT ? GetProcAddress(hUser32,"GetMonitorInfoW") : 
+                                                GetProcAddress(hUser32,"GetMonitorInfoA")) != NULL
+#else
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnGetMonitorInfo      = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"GetMonitorInfoA")) != NULL &&
+        (*(FARPROC*)&g_pfnEnumDisplayDevices  = GetProcAddress(hUser32,"EnumDisplayDevicesA")) != NULL
+#endif
+    ) {
+        g_fMultiMonInitDone = TRUE;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        g_pfnGetSystemMetrics    = NULL;
+        g_pfnMonitorFromWindow   = NULL;
+        g_pfnMonitorFromRect     = NULL;
+        g_pfnMonitorFromPoint    = NULL;
+        g_pfnGetMonitorInfo      = NULL;
+        g_pfnEnumDisplayMonitors = NULL;
+        g_pfnEnumDisplayDevices  = NULL;
+
+        g_fMultiMonInitDone = TRUE;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// fake implementations of Monitor APIs that work with the primary display
+// no special parameter validation is made since these run in client code
+//
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+int WINAPI
+xGetSystemMetrics(int nIndex)
+{
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs())
+        return g_pfnGetSystemMetrics(nIndex);
+
+    switch (nIndex)
+    {
+    case SM_CMONITORS:
+    case SM_SAMEDISPLAYFORMAT:
+        return 1;
+
+    case SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN:
+    case SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN:
+        return 0;
+
+    case SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN:
+        nIndex = SM_CXSCREEN;
+        break;
+
+    case SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN:
+        nIndex = SM_CYSCREEN;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    return GetSystemMetrics(nIndex);
+}
+
+#define xPRIMARY_MONITOR ((HMONITOR)0x12340042)
+
+HMONITOR WINAPI
+xMonitorFromPoint(POINT ptScreenCoords, DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs())
+        return g_pfnMonitorFromPoint(ptScreenCoords, dwFlags);
+
+    if ((dwFlags & (MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY | MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST)) ||
+        ((ptScreenCoords.x >= 0) &&
+        (ptScreenCoords.x < GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN)) &&
+        (ptScreenCoords.y >= 0) &&
+        (ptScreenCoords.y < GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN))))
+    {
+        return xPRIMARY_MONITOR;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+HMONITOR WINAPI
+xMonitorFromRect(LPCRECT lprcScreenCoords, DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs())
+        return g_pfnMonitorFromRect(lprcScreenCoords, dwFlags);
+
+    if ((dwFlags & (MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY | MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST)) ||
+        ((lprcScreenCoords->right > 0) &&
+        (lprcScreenCoords->bottom > 0) &&
+        (lprcScreenCoords->left < GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN)) &&
+        (lprcScreenCoords->top < GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN))))
+    {
+        return xPRIMARY_MONITOR;
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+HMONITOR WINAPI
+xMonitorFromWindow(HWND hWnd, DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+    WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
+
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs())
+        return g_pfnMonitorFromWindow(hWnd, dwFlags);
+
+    if (dwFlags & (MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY | MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST))
+        return xPRIMARY_MONITOR;
+
+    if (IsIconic(hWnd) ?
+            GetWindowPlacement(hWnd, &wp) :
+            GetWindowRect(hWnd, &wp.rcNormalPosition)) {
+
+        return xMonitorFromRect(&wp.rcNormalPosition, dwFlags);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+xGetMonitorInfo(HMONITOR hMonitor, __inout LPMONITORINFO lpMonitorInfo)
+{
+    RECT rcWork;
+
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs())
+    {
+        BOOL f = g_pfnGetMonitorInfo(hMonitor, lpMonitorInfo);
+#ifdef UNICODE
+        if (f && !g_fMultimonPlatformNT && (lpMonitorInfo->cbSize >= sizeof(MONITORINFOEX)))
+        { 
+            MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0,
+                (LPSTR)((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice, -1,
+                ((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice, (sizeof(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+        }
+#endif
+        return f;
+    }
+
+    if ((hMonitor == xPRIMARY_MONITOR) &&
+        lpMonitorInfo &&
+        (lpMonitorInfo->cbSize >= sizeof(MONITORINFO)) &&
+        SystemParametersInfoA(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &rcWork, 0))
+    {
+        lpMonitorInfo->rcMonitor.left = 0;
+        lpMonitorInfo->rcMonitor.top  = 0;
+        lpMonitorInfo->rcMonitor.right  = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN);
+        lpMonitorInfo->rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN);
+        lpMonitorInfo->rcWork = rcWork;
+        lpMonitorInfo->dwFlags = MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY;
+
+        if (lpMonitorInfo->cbSize >= sizeof(MONITORINFOEX))
+        {
+#ifdef UNICODE
+            MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, "DISPLAY", -1, ((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice, (sizeof(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+#else // UNICODE
+#if _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT
+            strncpy_s(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice, (sizeof(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice)/sizeof(TCHAR)), TEXT("DISPLAY"), (sizeof(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice)/sizeof(TCHAR)) - 1);
+#else
+            lstrcpyn(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice, TEXT("DISPLAY"), (sizeof(((MONITORINFOEX*)lpMonitorInfo)->szDevice)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+#endif // _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT
+#endif // UNICODE
+        }
+
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+xEnumDisplayMonitors(
+        HDC             hdcOptionalForPainting,
+        LPCRECT         lprcEnumMonitorsThatIntersect,
+        MONITORENUMPROC lpfnEnumProc,
+        LPARAM          dwData)
+{
+    RECT rcLimit;
+
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs()) {
+        return g_pfnEnumDisplayMonitors(
+                hdcOptionalForPainting,
+                lprcEnumMonitorsThatIntersect,
+                lpfnEnumProc,
+                dwData);
+    }
+
+    if (!lpfnEnumProc)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    rcLimit.left   = 0;
+    rcLimit.top    = 0;
+    rcLimit.right  = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN);
+    rcLimit.bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN);
+
+    if (hdcOptionalForPainting)
+    {
+        RECT    rcClip;
+        POINT   ptOrg;
+
+        switch (GetClipBox(hdcOptionalForPainting, &rcClip))
+        {
+        default:
+            if (!GetDCOrgEx(hdcOptionalForPainting, &ptOrg))
+                return FALSE;
+
+            OffsetRect(&rcLimit, -ptOrg.x, -ptOrg.y);
+            if (IntersectRect(&rcLimit, &rcLimit, &rcClip) &&
+                (!lprcEnumMonitorsThatIntersect ||
+                     IntersectRect(&rcLimit, &rcLimit, lprcEnumMonitorsThatIntersect))) {
+
+                break;
+            }
+            //fall thru
+        case NULLREGION:
+             return TRUE;
+        case ERROR:
+             return FALSE;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (    lprcEnumMonitorsThatIntersect &&
+                !IntersectRect(&rcLimit, &rcLimit, lprcEnumMonitorsThatIntersect)) {
+
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return lpfnEnumProc(
+            xPRIMARY_MONITOR,
+            hdcOptionalForPainting,
+            &rcLimit,
+            dwData);
+}
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+xEnumDisplayDevices(
+    PVOID Unused,
+    DWORD iDevNum,
+    __inout PDISPLAY_DEVICE lpDisplayDevice,
+    DWORD dwFlags)
+{
+    if (InitMultipleMonitorStubs())
+        return g_pfnEnumDisplayDevices(Unused, iDevNum, lpDisplayDevice, dwFlags);
+
+    if (Unused != NULL)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    if (iDevNum != 0)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    if (lpDisplayDevice == NULL || lpDisplayDevice->cb < sizeof(DISPLAY_DEVICE))
+        return FALSE;
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, "DISPLAY", -1, lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName, (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, "DISPLAY", -1, lpDisplayDevice->DeviceString, (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceString)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+#else // UNICODE
+#if _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT
+    strncpy_s((LPTSTR)lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName, (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName)/sizeof(TCHAR)), TEXT("DISPLAY"), (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName)/sizeof(TCHAR)) - 1);
+    strncpy_s((LPTSTR)lpDisplayDevice->DeviceString, (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceString)/sizeof(TCHAR)), TEXT("DISPLAY"), (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName)/sizeof(TCHAR)) - 1);
+#else
+    lstrcpyn((LPTSTR)lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName,   TEXT("DISPLAY"), (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceName)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+    lstrcpyn((LPTSTR)lpDisplayDevice->DeviceString, TEXT("DISPLAY"), (sizeof(lpDisplayDevice->DeviceString)/sizeof(TCHAR)));
+#endif // _MULTIMON_USE_SECURE_CRT
+#endif // UNICODE
+
+    lpDisplayDevice->StateFlags = DISPLAY_DEVICE_ATTACHED_TO_DESKTOP | DISPLAY_DEVICE_PRIMARY_DEVICE;
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#undef xPRIMARY_MONITOR
+#undef COMPILE_MULTIMON_STUBS
+
+#else   // COMPILE_MULTIMON_STUBS
+
+extern int  WINAPI xGetSystemMetrics(int);
+extern HMONITOR WINAPI xMonitorFromWindow(HWND, DWORD);
+extern HMONITOR WINAPI xMonitorFromRect(LPCRECT, DWORD);
+extern HMONITOR WINAPI xMonitorFromPoint(POINT, DWORD);
+extern BOOL WINAPI xGetMonitorInfo(HMONITOR, LPMONITORINFO);
+extern BOOL WINAPI xEnumDisplayMonitors(HDC, LPCRECT, MONITORENUMPROC, LPARAM);
+extern BOOL WINAPI xEnumDisplayDevices(PVOID, DWORD, PDISPLAY_DEVICE, DWORD);
+
+#endif  // COMPILE_MULTIMON_STUBS
+
+//
+// build defines that replace the regular APIs with our versions
+//
+#define GetSystemMetrics    xGetSystemMetrics
+#define MonitorFromWindow   xMonitorFromWindow
+#define MonitorFromRect     xMonitorFromRect
+#define MonitorFromPoint    xMonitorFromPoint
+#define GetMonitorInfo      xGetMonitorInfo
+#define EnumDisplayMonitors xEnumDisplayMonitors
+#define EnumDisplayDevices  xEnumDisplayDevices
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif  // __cplusplus
+
+

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/avfft.h

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ enum DCTTransformType {
 };
 
 /**
- * Sets up DCT.
+ * Set up DCT.
  * @param nbits           size of the input array:
  *                        (1 << nbits)     for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
  *                        (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/dxva2.h

@@ -23,10 +23,13 @@
 #ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H
 #define AVCODEC_DXVA_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 
+#include <d3d9.h>
 #include <dxva2api.h>
 
+#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
+
 /**
  * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
  * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/opt.h

@@ -1,211 +1,34 @@
 /*
- * AVOptions
- * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * This file is part of Libav.
  *
- * This file is part of FFmpeg.
- *
- * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
  * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  *
- * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
  *
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software
  * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  */
 
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This header is provided for compatibility only and will be removed
+ * on next major bump
+ */
+
 #ifndef AVCODEC_OPT_H
 #define AVCODEC_OPT_H
 
-/**
- * @file
- * AVOptions
- */
+#include "libavcodec/version.h"
 
-#include "libavutil/rational.h"
-#include "avcodec.h"
-
-enum AVOptionType{
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,  ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
-    FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128,
-};
-
-/**
- * AVOption
- */
-typedef struct AVOption {
-    const char *name;
-
-    /**
-     * short English help text
-     * @todo What about other languages?
-     */
-    const char *help;
-
-    /**
-     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
-     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
-     */
-    int offset;
-    enum AVOptionType type;
-
-    /**
-     * the default value for scalar options
-     */
-    double default_val;
-    double min;                 ///< minimum valid value for the option
-    double max;                 ///< maximum valid value for the option
-
-    int flags;
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM  1   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM  2   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA        4   ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM     8
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM     16
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM  32
-//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
-
-    /**
-     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
-     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
-     * unit. May be NULL.
-     */
-    const char *unit;
-} AVOption;
-
-/**
- * AVOption2.
- * THIS IS NOT PART OF THE API/ABI YET!
- * This is identical to AVOption except that default_val was replaced by
- * an union, it should be compatible with AVOption on normal platforms.
- */
-typedef struct AVOption2 {
-    const char *name;
-
-    /**
-     * short English help text
-     * @todo What about other languages?
-     */
-    const char *help;
-
-    /**
-     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
-     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
-     */
-    int offset;
-    enum AVOptionType type;
-
-    /**
-     * the default value for scalar options
-     */
-    union {
-        double dbl;
-        const char *str;
-    } default_val;
-
-    double min;                 ///< minimum valid value for the option
-    double max;                 ///< maximum valid value for the option
-
-    int flags;
-/*
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM  1   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM  2   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA        4   ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM     8
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM     16
-#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM  32
-*/
-//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
-
-    /**
-     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
-     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
-     * unit. May be NULL.
-     */
-    const char *unit;
-} AVOption2;
-
-
-/**
- * Looks for an option in obj. Looks only for the options which
- * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is,
- * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags).
- *
- * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a
- * pointer to an AVClass
- * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for
- * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL
- * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
- * has been found
- */
-const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags);
-
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53
-/**
- * @see av_set_string2()
- */
-attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_string(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val);
-
-/**
- * @return a pointer to the AVOption corresponding to the field set or
- * NULL if no matching AVOption exists, or if the value val is not
- * valid
- * @see av_set_string3()
- */
-attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_string2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc);
+#if FF_API_OPT_H
+#include "libavutil/opt.h"
 #endif
 
-/**
- * Sets the field of obj with the given name to value.
- *
- * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
- * AVClass.
- * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
- * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
- * type, then the given string is parsed.
- * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
- * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
- * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
- * is undefined.
- * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
- * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
- * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
- * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
- * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
- * found
- * @param alloc when 1 then the old value will be av_freed() and the
- *                     new av_strduped()
- *              when 0 then no av_free() nor av_strdup() will be used
- * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
- * error:
- * AVERROR(ENOENT) if no matching option exists
- * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
- * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
- */
-int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out);
-
-const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n);
-const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n);
-const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n);
-double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
-AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
-int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
-const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len);
-const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last);
-int av_opt_show(void *obj, void *av_log_obj);
-void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
-void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
-
 #endif /* AVCODEC_OPT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/vaapi.h

@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@
 #ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
 #define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 
 /**
- * \defgroup VAAPI_Decoding VA API Decoding
- * \ingroup Decoder
+ * @defgroup VAAPI_Decoding VA API Decoding
+ * @ingroup Decoder
  * @{
  */
 

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/vda.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*
+ * VDA HW acceleration
+ *
+ * copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
+#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
+
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
+// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
+#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+
+#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
+#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
+#undef Picture
+
+/**
+ *  This structure is used to store a decoded frame information and data.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    /**
+    * The PTS of the frame.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    int64_t             pts;
+
+    /**
+    * The CoreVideo buffer that contains the decoded data.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    CVPixelBufferRef    cv_buffer;
+
+    /**
+    * A pointer to the next frame.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    struct vda_frame    *next_frame;
+} vda_frame;
+
+/**
+ * This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
+ * to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
+ *
+ * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
+ */
+struct vda_context {
+    /**
+    * VDA decoder object.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    VDADecoder          decoder;
+
+    /**
+    * VDA frames queue ordered by presentation timestamp.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    vda_frame           *queue;
+
+    /**
+    * Mutex for locking queue operations.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    pthread_mutex_t     queue_mutex;
+
+    /**
+    * The frame width.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
+    */
+    int                 width;
+
+    /**
+    * The frame height.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
+    */
+    int                 height;
+
+    /**
+    * The frame format.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
+    */
+    int                 format;
+
+    /**
+    * The pixel format for output image buffers.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
+    */
+    OSType              cv_pix_fmt_type;
+
+    /**
+    * The current bitstream buffer.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    uint8_t             *bitstream;
+
+    /**
+    * The current size of the bitstream.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    int                 bitstream_size;
+
+    /**
+    * The reference size used for fast reallocation.
+    *
+    * - encoding: unused
+    * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
+    */
+    int                 ref_size;
+};
+
+/** Create the video decoder. */
+int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
+                          uint8_t *extradata,
+                          int extradata_size);
+
+/** Destroy the video decoder. */
+int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
+
+/** Return the top frame of the queue. */
+vda_frame *ff_vda_queue_pop(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
+
+/** Release the given frame. */
+void ff_vda_release_vda_frame(vda_frame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/vdpau.h

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
 
 /**
- * \defgroup Decoder VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
+ * @defgroup Decoder VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
  *
  * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
  * - VDPAU decoding
@@ -38,26 +38,25 @@
  * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
  * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
  *
- * @{
- * \defgroup  VDPAU_Decoding VDPAU Decoding
- * \ingroup Decoder
+ * @defgroup  VDPAU_Decoding VDPAU Decoding
+ * @ingroup Decoder
  * @{
  */
 
 #include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
 #include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h>
 
-/** \brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
+/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
 #define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
 
 /**
- * \brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
+ * @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
  * The codec manipulates this.
  */
 #define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
 
 /**
- * \brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
+ * @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
  * decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
  * This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
  * picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
@@ -68,6 +67,13 @@ struct vdpau_render_state {
 
     int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
 
+    /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
+        Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
+    int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
+    int bitstream_buffers_used;
+    /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
+    VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
+
     /** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
     union VdpPictureInfo {
         VdpPictureInfoH264        h264;
@@ -75,13 +81,6 @@ struct vdpau_render_state {
         VdpPictureInfoVC1          vc1;
         VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
     } info;
-
-    /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
-        Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
-    int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
-    int bitstream_buffers_used;
-    /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
-    VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
 };
 
 /* @}*/

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 53
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 61
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT  AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION      AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR,    \
+                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR,    \
+                                           LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD        LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT        "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
+ * They may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+#ifndef FF_API_PALETTE_CONTROL
+#define FF_API_PALETTE_CONTROL  (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_SAMPLE_FMT
+#define FF_API_OLD_SAMPLE_FMT   (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AUDIOCONVERT
+#define FF_API_OLD_AUDIOCONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ANTIALIAS_ALGO
+#define FF_API_ANTIALIAS_ALGO   (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS
+#define FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OPT_H
+#define FF_API_OPT_H            (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_THREAD_INIT
+#define FF_API_THREAD_INIT      (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FF_PICT_TYPES
+#define FF_API_OLD_FF_PICT_TYPES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FLAC_GLOBAL_OPTS
+#define FF_API_FLAC_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_PIX_FMT_NAME
+#define FF_API_GET_PIX_FMT_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT    (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN
+#define FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DRC_SCALE
+#define FF_API_DRC_SCALE        (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ER
+#define FF_API_ER               (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_INIT
+#define FF_API_AVCODEC_INIT     (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_X264_GLOBAL_OPTS
+#define FF_API_X264_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_MPEGVIDEO_GLOBAL_OPTS
+#define FF_API_MPEGVIDEO_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LAME_GLOBAL_OPTS
+#define FF_API_LAME_GLOBAL_OPTS  (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SNOW_GLOBAL_OPTS
+#define FF_API_SNOW_GLOBAL_OPTS  (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_MJPEG_GLOBAL_OPTS
+#define FF_API_MJPEG_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_ALPHA_INFO
+#define FF_API_GET_ALPHA_INFO    (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PARSE_FRAME
+#define FF_API_PARSE_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_INTERNAL_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_INTERNAL_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_TIFFENC_COMPLEVEL
+#define FF_API_TIFFENC_COMPLEVEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DATA_POINTERS
+#define FF_API_DATA_POINTERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO
+#define FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE
+#define FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FF_API_AVFRAME_AGE
+#define FF_API_AVFRAME_AGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO
+#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavcodec/xvmc.h

@@ -25,11 +25,6 @@
 
 #include "avcodec.h"
 
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53
-#define AV_XVMC_STATE_DISPLAY_PENDING          1  /**  the surface should be shown, the video driver manipulates this */
-#define AV_XVMC_STATE_PREDICTION               2  /**  the surface is needed for prediction, the codec manipulates this */
-#define AV_XVMC_STATE_OSD_SOURCE               4  /**  the surface is needed for subpicture rendering */
-#endif
 #define AV_XVMC_ID                    0x1DC711C0  /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
                                                        the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
 
@@ -71,7 +66,7 @@ struct xvmc_pix_fmt {
     */
     int             allocated_data_blocks;
 
-    /** Indicates that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
+    /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
         coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
         - application - set during initialization
         - libavcodec  - unchanged
@@ -151,22 +146,6 @@ struct xvmc_pix_fmt {
                         of coded blocks it contains.
     */
     int             next_free_data_block_num;
-
-/** extensions may be placed here */
-#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53
-//@{
-    /** State flags used to work around limitations in the MPlayer video system.
-        0   - Surface is not used.
-        1   - Surface is still held in application to be displayed or is
-              still visible.
-        2   - Surface is still held in libavcodec buffer for prediction.
-    */
-    int             state;
-
-    /** pointer to the surface where the subpicture is rendered */
-    void*           p_osd_target_surface_render;
-//}@
-#endif
 };
 
 #endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavdevice/avdevice.h

@@ -19,11 +19,34 @@
 #ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
 #define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
 
-#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavd
+ * Main libavdevice API header
+ */
 
-#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 52
-#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR  2
-#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO  0
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @{
+ * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
+ * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
+ * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
+ * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
+ * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
+ * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
+ * meaning - e.g. for the x11grab device it is the display name.
+ *
+ * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
+ * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
+
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 53
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR  4
+#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
 
 #define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
                                                LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
@@ -34,17 +57,17 @@
 #define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD       LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
 
 /**
- * Returns the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
  */
 unsigned avdevice_version(void);
 
 /**
- * Returns the libavdevice build-time configuration.
+ * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
  */
 const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
 
 /**
- * Returns the libavdevice license.
+ * Return the libavdevice license.
  */
 const char *avdevice_license(void);
 

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavformat/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup libavf
+ * Libavformat version macros
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 53
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 32
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION     AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR,   \
+                                           LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR,   \
+                                           LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD       LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT       "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
+ * They may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_METADATA2
+#define FF_API_OLD_METADATA2           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO
+#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO                (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_DUMP_FORMAT
+#define FF_API_DUMP_FORMAT             (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PARSE_DATE
+#define FF_API_PARSE_DATE              (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FIND_INFO_TAG
+#define FF_API_FIND_INFO_TAG           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PKT_DUMP
+#define FF_API_PKT_DUMP                (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GUESS_IMG2_CODEC
+#define FF_API_GUESS_IMG2_CODEC        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SDP_CREATE
+#define FF_API_SDP_CREATE              (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT
+#define FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT    (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS
+#define FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS       (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FLAG_RTP_HINT
+#define FF_API_FLAG_RTP_HINT           (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVSTREAM_QUALITY
+#define FF_API_AVSTREAM_QUALITY        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LOOP_INPUT
+#define FF_API_LOOP_INPUT              (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LOOP_OUTPUT
+#define FF_API_LOOP_OUTPUT             (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_TIMESTAMP
+#define FF_API_TIMESTAMP               (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FILESIZE
+#define FF_API_FILESIZE                (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_MUXRATE
+#define FF_API_MUXRATE                 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_RTSP_URL_OPTIONS
+#define FF_API_RTSP_URL_OPTIONS        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_NEW_STREAM
+#define FF_API_NEW_STREAM              (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PRELOAD
+#define FF_API_PRELOAD                 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_COPY
+#define FF_API_STREAM_COPY             (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SEEK_PUBLIC
+#define FF_API_SEEK_PUBLIC             (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_REORDER_PRIVATE
+#define FF_API_REORDER_PRIVATE         (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_INTERRUPT_CB
+#define FF_API_OLD_INTERRUPT_CB        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO
+#define FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO            (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE
+#define FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE        (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/adler32.h

@@ -21,9 +21,22 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
 #define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include "attributes.h"
 
+/**
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
+ * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
+ * they were concatenated.
+ *
+ * @param adler initial checksum value
+ * @param buf   pointer to input buffer
+ * @param len   size of input buffer
+ * @return      updated checksum
+ */
 unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf,
                                 unsigned int len) av_pure;
 

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/aes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes AES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_aes_size;
+
+struct AVAES;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAES context.
+ * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/attributes.h

@@ -40,6 +40,14 @@
 #endif
 #endif
 
+#ifndef av_noreturn
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
+#    define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+#    define av_noreturn
+#endif
+#endif
+
 #ifndef av_noinline
 #if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
 #    define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
@@ -65,7 +73,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef av_cold
-#if (!defined(__ICC) || __ICC > 1110) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
 #    define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
 #else
 #    define av_cold
@@ -73,7 +81,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef av_flatten
-#if (!defined(__ICC) || __ICC > 1110) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1)
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1)
 #    define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
 #else
 #    define av_flatten
@@ -88,6 +96,24 @@
 #endif
 #endif
 
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+        code \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
 #ifndef av_unused
 #if defined(__GNUC__)
 #    define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
@@ -96,8 +122,29 @@
 #endif
 #endif
 
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away.  This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#ifndef av_used
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+#    define av_used
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_alias
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
+#   define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+#   define av_alias
+#endif
+#endif
+
 #ifndef av_uninit
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__ICC)
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
 #    define av_uninit(x) x=x
 #else
 #    define av_uninit(x) x
@@ -106,8 +153,10 @@
 
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 #    define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
 #else
 #    define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
 #endif
 
 #endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/audioconvert.h

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio conversion routines
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT             0x00000001
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT            0x00000002
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER           0x00000004
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY          0x00000008
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT              0x00000010
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT             0x00000020
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER   0x00000040
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER  0x00000080
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER            0x00000100
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT              0x00000200
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT             0x00000400
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER             0x00000800
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT         0x00001000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER       0x00002000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT        0x00004000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT          0x00008000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER        0x00010000
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT         0x00020000
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT            0x20000000  ///< Stereo downmix.
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT           0x40000000  ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT              0x0000000080000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT             0x0000000100000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT   0x0000000200000000ULL
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT  0x0000000400000000ULL
+
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+    to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+    to be the native codec channel order. */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE          0x8000000000000000ULL
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO              (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO            (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, 0 if no match.
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ *   5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ *   SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionnally followed by 'c', yielding
+ *   the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ *   av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ *   AV_CH_* macros).
+ + Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ */
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ */
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ */
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ */
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/avassert.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "log.h"
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
+ */
+#define av_assert0(cond) do {                                           \
+    if (!(cond)) {                                                      \
+        av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_FATAL, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n",    \
+               AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__);                 \
+        abort();                                                        \
+    }                                                                   \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
+ * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
+#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
+#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/avconfig.h

@@ -2,4 +2,5 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
 #define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
 #define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
 #endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/avstring.h

@@ -22,6 +22,12 @@
 #define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
 
 #include <stddef.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_string
+ * @{
+ */
 
 /**
  * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
@@ -71,7 +77,7 @@ char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
  * @param size size of destination buffer
  * @return the length of src
  *
- * WARNING: since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
+ * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
  * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
  * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
  */
@@ -89,9 +95,9 @@ size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
  * @param size size of destination buffer
  * @return the total length of src and dst
  *
- * WARNING: since the return value use the length of src and dst, these absolutely
- * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this will read beyond
- * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
+ * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
+ * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
  */
 size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
 
@@ -107,11 +113,97 @@ size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
  * @return the length of the string that would have been generated
  *  if enough space had been available
  */
-size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...);
+size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
+ * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ *            following parameters are used.
+ * @return the allocated string
+ * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
+ */
+char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
 
 /**
  * Convert a number to a av_malloced string.
  */
 char *av_d2str(double d);
 
+/**
+ * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
+ * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
+ *
+ * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
+ * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
+ * enclosed between ''.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
+ * terminating char
+ * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
+ * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
+ * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
+ */
+char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
+
+/**
+ * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
+ * successive calls to av_strtok().
+ *
+ * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
+ * set specified in delim.
+ *
+ * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
+ * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
+ * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
+ * call.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
+ *
+ * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
+ * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
+ * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
+ * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
+ * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
+ * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
+ */
+char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
+ */
+static inline int av_toupper(int c)
+{
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+        c ^= 0x20;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
+ */
+static inline int av_tolower(int c)
+{
+    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+        c ^= 0x20;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/avutil.h

@@ -26,6 +26,96 @@
  * external API header
  */
 
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section libav_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describe the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @subpage libavfilter graph based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @subpage libpostproc post processing library
+ * @li @subpage libswscale  color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu Common utility functions
+ *
+ * @brief
+ * libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg
+ * libraries
+ *
+ * @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include
+ * the specific header.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Maths
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_internal Internal
+ *
+ * Not exported functions, for internal usage only
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
 
 #define AV_STRINGIFY(s)         AV_TOSTRING(s)
 #define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
@@ -35,13 +125,37 @@
 
 #define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
 
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
 #define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) (a<<16 | b<<8 | c)
 #define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
 #define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
 
-#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 50
-#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 15
-#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO  1
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
+ *
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
+ * which version of libavutil is in use.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 51
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 35
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
 
 #define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT   AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
                                                LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
@@ -54,30 +168,163 @@
 #define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT         "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
 
 /**
- * Returns the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards
+ * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
+ * They may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * They are used mostly internally to mark code that will be removed
+ * on the next major version.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES
+#define FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT
+#define FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FIND_OPT
+#define FF_API_FIND_OPT                 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK
+#define FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK             (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+#define FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS            (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
  */
 unsigned avutil_version(void);
 
 /**
- * Returns the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
  */
 const char *avutil_configuration(void);
 
 /**
- * Returns the libavutil license.
+ * Return the libavutil license.
  */
 const char *avutil_license(void);
 
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
 enum AVMediaType {
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,  ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
     AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
     AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,          ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
     AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
-    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,    ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
     AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
 };
 
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
+
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
+ *
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ */
+
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE          INT64_C(0x8000000000000000)
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE            1000000
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q          (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureType {
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I,     ///< Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P,     ///< Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B,     ///< Bi-dir predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S,     ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI,    ///< Switching Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP,    ///< Switching Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI,    ///< BI type
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ */
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #include "common.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "mathematics.h"
@@ -86,4 +333,17 @@ enum AVMediaType {
 #include "log.h"
 #include "pixfmt.h"
 
+/**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ */
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
+{
+    return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/base64.h

@@ -21,29 +21,45 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
 #define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 
 /**
- * Decodes the base64-encoded string in in and puts the decoded
- * data in out.
+ * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64-encoded string.
  *
- * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, it should be at
- * least 3/4 of the length of in
- * @return the number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
- * error
+ * @param out      buffer for decoded data
+ * @param in       null-terminated input string
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
+ *                 least 3/4 of the length of in
+ * @return         number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
+ *                 invalid input
  */
 int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
 
 /**
- * Encodes in base64 the data in in and puts the resulting string
- * in out.
+ * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
  *
- * @param out_size size in bytes of the out string, it should be at
- * least ((in_size + 2) / 3) * 4 + 1
- * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer
- * @return the string containing the encoded data, or NULL in case of
- * error
+ * @param out      buffer for encoded data
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the output buffer, must be at
+ *                 least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
+ * @param in_size  size in bytes of the 'in' buffer
+ * @return         'out' or NULL in case of error
  */
 char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
 
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x)  (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
+
+ /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/bswap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * byte swapping routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if   ARCH_ARM
+#   include "arm/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+#   include "avr32/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_BFIN
+#   include "bfin/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_SH4
+#   include "sh4/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+#   include "x86/bswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00)  | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
+#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
+#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
+
+#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
+
+#ifndef av_bswap16
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
+{
+    x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
+    return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap32
+static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
+{
+    return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap64
+static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
+// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#else
+#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/common.h

@@ -28,22 +28,27 @@
 
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <errno.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#include <msc_inttypes.h>
-#else
 #include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include "attributes.h"
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
 
 //rounded division & shift
 #define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
 /* assume b>0 */
 #define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
 #define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
 #define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
 
@@ -61,7 +66,7 @@ extern const uint8_t ff_log2_tab[256];
 
 extern const uint8_t av_reverse[256];
 
-static inline av_const int av_log2_c(unsigned int v)
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_log2_c(unsigned int v)
 {
     int n = 0;
     if (v & 0xffff0000) {
@@ -77,7 +82,7 @@ static inline av_const int av_log2_c(unsigned int v)
     return n;
 }
 
-static inline av_const int av_log2_16bit_c(unsigned int v)
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_log2_16bit_c(unsigned int v)
 {
     int n = 0;
     if (v & 0xff00) {
@@ -94,21 +99,17 @@ static inline av_const int av_log2_16bit_c(unsigned int v)
 #   include "intmath.h"
 #endif
 
-#ifndef av_log2
-#   define av_log2       av_log2_c
-#endif
-#ifndef av_log2_16bit
-#   define av_log2_16bit av_log2_16bit_c
-#endif
+/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
+#include "common.h"
 
 /**
- * Clips a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
  * @param a value to clip
  * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
  * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
  * @return clipped value
  */
-static inline av_const int av_clip(int a, int amin, int amax)
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
 {
     if      (a < amin) return amin;
     else if (a > amax) return amax;
@@ -116,87 +117,132 @@ static inline av_const int av_clip(int a, int amin, int amax)
 }
 
 /**
- * Clips a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
  * @param a value to clip
  * @return clipped value
  */
-static inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8(int a)
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
 {
     if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
     else           return a;
 }
 
 /**
- * Clips a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
  * @param a value to clip
  * @return clipped value
  */
-static inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16(int a)
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+    else                  return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
 {
     if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
     else             return a;
 }
 
 /**
- * Clips a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
  * @param a value to clip
  * @return clipped value
  */
-static inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16(int a)
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
 {
     if ((a+0x8000) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
     else                      return a;
 }
 
 /**
- * Clips a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
  * @param a value to clip
  * @return clipped value
  */
-static inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32(int64_t a)
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
 {
     if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF;
     else                                         return a;
 }
 
 /**
- * Clips a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
+    else                   return  a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
  * @param a value to clip
  * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
  * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
  * @return clipped value
  */
-static inline av_const float av_clipf(float a, float amin, float amax)
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
 {
     if      (a < amin) return amin;
     else if (a > amax) return amax;
     else               return a;
 }
 
-/** Computes ceil(log2(x)).
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
  * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
  * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
  */
-static inline av_const int av_ceil_log2(int x)
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
 {
     return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
 }
 
-#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) (a | (b << 8) | (c << 16) | (d << 24))
-#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) (d | (c << 8) | (b << 16) | (a << 24))
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+    x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+    x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+    x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+    x += x >> 8;
+    return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
 
-/*!
- * \def GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)
- * Converts a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes long) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form
- * \param val is the output and should be of type uint32_t. It holds the converted
- * UCS-4 character and should be a left value.
- * \param GET_BYTE gets UTF-8 encoded bytes from any proper source. It can be
- * a function or a statement whose return value or evaluated value is of type
- * uint8_t. It will be executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range,
- * and up to 7 times in the general case.
- * \param ERROR action that should be taken when an invalid UTF-8 byte is returned
- * from GET_BYTE. It should be a statement that jumps out of the macro,
- * like exit(), goto, return, break, or continue.
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return av_popcount(x) + av_popcount(x >> 32);
+}
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val      Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ *                 Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ *                 assigned Unicode range).  With a memory buffer
+ *                 input, this could be *ptr++.
+ * @param ERROR    Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                 typically a goto statement.
  */
 #define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
     val= GET_BYTE;\
@@ -213,17 +259,14 @@ static inline av_const int av_ceil_log2(int x)
         }\
     }
 
-/*!
- * \def GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)
- * Converts a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form
- * \param val is the output and should be of type uint32_t. It holds the converted
- * UCS-4 character and should be a left value.
- * \param GET_16BIT gets two bytes of UTF-16 encoded data converted to native endianness.
- * It can be a function or a statement whose return value or evaluated value is of type
- * uint16_t. It will be executed up to 2 times.
- * \param ERROR action that should be taken when an invalid UTF-16 surrogate is
- * returned from GET_BYTE. It should be a statement that jumps out of the macro,
- * like exit(), goto, return, break, or continue.
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val       Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ *                  to native byte order.  Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR     Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                  typically a goto statement.
  */
 #define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
     val = GET_16BIT;\
@@ -237,16 +280,16 @@ static inline av_const int av_ceil_log2(int x)
         }\
     }\
 
-/*!
- * \def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
- * Converts a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
- * \param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
  * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
  * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
- * \param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
  * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
  * output by PUT_BYTE.
- * \param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
  * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
  * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
  * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
@@ -273,16 +316,16 @@ static inline av_const int av_ceil_log2(int x)
         }\
     }
 
-/*!
- * \def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
- * Converts a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
- * \param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
  * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
  * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
- * \param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
  * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
  * output by PUT_16BIT.
- * \param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
  * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
  * as the input byte.  For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
  * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
@@ -310,3 +353,48 @@ static inline av_const int av_ceil_log2(int x)
 #endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
 
 #endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
+
+/*
+ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
+ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+#   define av_log2       av_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+#   define av_log2_16bit av_log2_16bit_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+#   define av_ceil_log2     av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+#   define av_clip          av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+#   define av_clip_uint8    av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+#   define av_clip_int8     av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+#   define av_clip_uint16   av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+#   define av_clip_int16    av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+#   define av_clipl_int32   av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+#   define av_clip_uintp2   av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+#   define av_clipf         av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+#   define av_popcount      av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+#   define av_popcount64    av_popcount64_c
+#endif

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/cpu.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE    0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+    /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX          0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2         0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW        0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE          0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2         0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT     0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3         0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3        0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM     0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4         0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42        0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX          0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP          0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4         0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_IWMMXT       0x0100 ///< XScale IWMMXT
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC      0x0001 ///< standard
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+
+/* The following CPU-specific functions shall not be called directly. */
+int ff_get_cpu_flags_arm(void);
+int ff_get_cpu_flags_ppc(void);
+int ff_get_cpu_flags_x86(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/crc.h

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
 #define AVUTIL_CRC_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include "attributes.h"
 

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/dict.h

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ *  AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ *  implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ *  extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ *  It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ *  where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
+ * and all its contents.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionary *d = NULL;                // "create" an empty dictionary
+ * av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0);      // add an entry
+ *
+ * char *k = av_strdup("key");            // if your strings are already allocated,
+ * char *v = av_strdup("value");          // you can avoid copying them like this
+ * av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+ *
+ * AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+ * while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ *     <....>                             // iterate over all entries in d
+ * }
+ *
+ * av_dict_free(&d);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ */
+
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE      1
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX   2
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4   /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() and children. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8   /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() and chilren. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16   ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND         32   /**< If the entry already exists, append to it.  Note that no
+                                      delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+
+typedef struct {
+    char *key;
+    char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ *             If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons.
+ * @return Found entry or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior.
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *
+av_dict_get(AVDictionary *m, const char *key, const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
+ *        Passing a NULL value will cause an existing tag to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ *            this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ */
+void av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif // AVUTIL_DICT_H

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/error.h

@@ -27,6 +27,13 @@
 #include <errno.h>
 #include "avutil.h"
 
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
 /* error handling */
 #if EDOM > 0
 #define AVERROR(e) (-(e))   ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
@@ -37,36 +44,44 @@
 #define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
 #endif
 
-#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 51
-#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA AVERROR(EINVAL)  ///< Invalid data found when processing input
-#define AVERROR_IO          AVERROR(EIO)     ///< I/O error
-#define AVERROR_NOENT       AVERROR(ENOENT)  ///< No such file or directory
-#define AVERROR_NOFMT       AVERROR(EILSEQ)  ///< Unknown format
-#define AVERROR_NOMEM       AVERROR(ENOMEM)  ///< Not enough memory
-#define AVERROR_NOTSUPP     AVERROR(ENOSYS)  ///< Operation not supported
-#define AVERROR_NUMEXPECTED AVERROR(EDOM)    ///< Number syntax expected in filename
-#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN     AVERROR(EINVAL)  ///< Unknown error
-#endif
-
-#define AVERROR_EOF         AVERROR(EPIPE)   ///< End of file
-
-#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME    (-MKTAG('P','A','W','E')) ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
-
-#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR > 50
-#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA     (-MKTAG('I','N','D','A')) ///< Invalid data found when processing input
-#define AVERROR_NUMEXPECTED     (-MKTAG('N','U','E','X')) ///< Number syntax expected in filename
-#endif
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND      (-MKTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F')) ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG                (-MKTAG( 'B','U','G','!')) ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND  (-MKTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C')) ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND  (-MKTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M')) ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND  (-MKTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C')) ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF                (-MKTAG( 'E','O','F',' ')) ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT               (-MKTAG( 'E','X','I','T')) ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND   (-MKTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L')) ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA        (-MKTAG( 'I','N','D','A')) ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND    (-MKTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X')) ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND   (-MKTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T')) ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME       (-MKTAG( 'P','A','W','E')) ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND (-MKTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O')) ///< Protocol not found
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND   (-MKTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R')) ///< Stream not found
 
 /**
- * Puts a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2               (-MKTAG( 'B','U','G',' '))
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN            (-MKTAG( 'U','N','K','N')) ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
  * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
  * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
  * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
  *
+ * @param errnum      error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf      buffer to which description is written
  * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
  * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
  * cannot be found
  */
 int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
 
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/eval.h

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+                           const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+                           const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                           const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                           void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+                  const char * const *const_names,
+                  const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                  const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                  int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES
+/**
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_parse_and_eval().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_parse_and_eval_expr(double *res, const char *s,
+                           const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+                           const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                           const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                           void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_parse().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_parse_expr(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+                  const char * const *const_names,
+                  const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                  const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                  int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+/**
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_eval().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+double av_eval_expr(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_free().
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_free_expr(AVExpr *e);
+#endif /* FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES */
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value for
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/fifo.h

@@ -24,7 +24,8 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
 #define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "avutil.h"
 
 typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
     uint8_t *buffer;
@@ -33,56 +34,56 @@ typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
 } AVFifoBuffer;
 
 /**
- * Initializes an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
  * @param size of FIFO
  * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
  */
 AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
 
 /**
- * Frees an AVFifoBuffer.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
  */
 void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
 
 /**
- * Resets the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to reset
+ * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
  */
 void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
 
 /**
- * Returns the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
  * amount of data you can read from it.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
  * @return size
  */
 int av_fifo_size(AVFifoBuffer *f);
 
 /**
- * Returns the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
  * amount of data you can write into it.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to write into
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
  * @return size
  */
 int av_fifo_space(AVFifoBuffer *f);
 
 /**
- * Feeds data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
  * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
- * @param *func generic read function
- * @param *dest data destination
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
  */
 int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
 
 /**
- * Feeds data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to write to
- * @param *src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
+ * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
+ * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
  * modifiable context by the function defined in func
  * @param size number of bytes to write
- * @param *func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
+ * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
  * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
  * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
  * indicate no more data available to write.
@@ -92,25 +93,51 @@ int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)
 int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
 
 /**
- * Resizes an AVFifoBuffer.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
  * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
  * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
  */
 int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
 
 /**
- * Reads and discards the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
- * @param *f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
  * @param size amount of data to read in bytes
  */
 void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
 
-static inline uint8_t av_fifo_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
+ * The FIFO buffer is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param f    AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
+ * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
+ *             than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
+ *             point outside to the buffer data.
+ *             The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
+ */
+static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
 {
     uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
     if (ptr >= f->end)
-        ptr -= f->end - f->buffer;
-    return *ptr;
+        ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
+    else if (ptr < f->buffer)
+        ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
+    return ptr;
 }
+
+#if FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use av_fifo_peek2() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+static inline uint8_t av_fifo_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+{
+    return *av_fifo_peek2(f, offs);
+}
+#endif
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/file.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Misc file utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
+ * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
+ * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
+ * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
+ * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
+ *
+ * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
+                int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
+ *
+ * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
+ * by av_file_map()
+ */
+void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
+ * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
+ * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
+ * @return file descriptor of opened file (or -1 on error)
+ * and opened file name in **filename.
+ */
+int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/imgutils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc image utilities
+ *
+ * @addtogroup lavu_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "pixdesc.h"
+
+/**
+ * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
+ * format described by pixdesc.
+ *
+ * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
+ * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
+ * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
+ * component.
+ *
+ * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
+ * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
+ * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
+ * component in the plane with the max pixel step.
+ * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
+ * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
+ */
+void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
+                                const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
+ * width for the plane plane.
+ *
+ * @return the computed size in bytes
+ */
+int av_image_get_linesize(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * width width.
+ *
+ * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * height height.
+ *
+ * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
+                           uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
+ * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
+ * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
+ * av_freep(&pointers[0]).
+ *
+ * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
+                   int w, int h, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image plane from src to dst.
+ * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
+ * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
+ * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t       *dst, int dst_linesize,
+                         const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
+                         int bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ */
+void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
+                   const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
+                   enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+int ff_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/intfloat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of Libav.
+ *
+ * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+    uint32_t i;
+    float    f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+    uint64_t i;
+    double   f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v = { .i = i };
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v = { .f = f };
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v = { .i = i };
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v = { .f = f };
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
 #define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include "attributes.h"
 
 /* IEEE 80 bits extended float */
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ typedef struct AVExtFloat  {
     uint8_t mantissa[8];
 } AVExtFloat;
 
-double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const;
-float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const;
-double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const;
-int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const;
-int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const;
-AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const;
 
 #endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/intreadwrite.h

@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "bswap.h"
+
+typedef union {
+    uint64_t u64;
+    uint32_t u32[2];
+    uint16_t u16[4];
+    uint8_t  u8 [8];
+    double   f64;
+    float    f32[2];
+} av_alias av_alias64;
+
+typedef union {
+    uint32_t u32;
+    uint16_t u16[2];
+    uint8_t  u8 [4];
+    float    f32;
+} av_alias av_alias32;
+
+typedef union {
+    uint16_t u16;
+    uint8_t  u8 [2];
+} av_alias av_alias16;
+
+/*
+ * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
+ * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
+ * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
+ * as inline functions.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if   ARCH_ARM
+#   include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+#   include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+#   include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+#   include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_TOMI
+#   include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+#   include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+/*
+ * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
+#       define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN16) &&  defined(AV_RB16)
+#       define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
+#       define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN16) &&  defined(AV_WB16)
+#       define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
+#       define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN24) &&  defined(AV_RB24)
+#       define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
+#       define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN24) &&  defined(AV_WB24)
+#       define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
+#       define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN32) &&  defined(AV_RB32)
+#       define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
+#       define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN32) &&  defined(AV_WB32)
+#       define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
+#       define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN64) &&  defined(AV_RB64)
+#       define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
+#       define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN64) &&  defined(AV_WB64)
+#       define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
+#       define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN16) &&  defined(AV_RL16)
+#       define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
+#       define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN16) &&  defined(AV_WL16)
+#       define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
+#       define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN24) &&  defined(AV_RL24)
+#       define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
+#       define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN24) &&  defined(AV_WL24)
+#       define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
+#       define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN32) &&  defined(AV_RL32)
+#       define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
+#       define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN32) &&  defined(AV_WL32)
+#       define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
+#       define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN64) &&  defined(AV_RL64)
+#       define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
+#       define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN64) &&  defined(AV_WL64)
+#       define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+/*
+ * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
+ * by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
+
+union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
+
+#elif defined(__DECC)
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
+
+#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+#   define AV_RB16(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) |          \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+#   define AV_WB16(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8;            \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+#   define AV_RL16(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) |          \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+#   define AV_WL16(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+#   define AV_RB32(x)                                \
+    (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] <<  8) |    \
+                ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+#   define AV_WB32(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+#   define AV_RL32(x)                                \
+    (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |    \
+                ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+#   define AV_WL32(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+#   define AV_RB64(x)                                   \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] <<  8) |       \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+#   define AV_WB64(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+#   define AV_RL64(x)                                   \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |       \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+#   define AV_WL64(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RN(s, p)    AV_RB##s(p)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
+#else
+#   define AV_RN(s, p)    AV_RL##s(p)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16
+#   define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32
+#   define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64
+#   define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16
+#   define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32
+#   define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64
+#   define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RB(s, p)    AV_RN##s(p)
+#   define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#   define AV_RL(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+#   define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+#   define AV_RB(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+#   define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#   define AV_RL(s, p)    AV_RN##s(p)
+#   define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_RB8(x)     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#define AV_WB8(p, d)  do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
+
+#define AV_RL8(x)     AV_RB8(x)
+#define AV_WL8(p, d)  AV_WB8(p, d)
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+#   define AV_RB16(p)    AV_RB(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+#   define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+#   define AV_RL16(p)    AV_RL(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+#   define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+#   define AV_RB32(p)    AV_RB(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+#   define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+#   define AV_RL32(p)    AV_RL(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+#   define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+#   define AV_RB64(p)    AV_RB(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+#   define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+#   define AV_RL64(p)    AV_RL(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+#   define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB24
+#   define AV_RB24(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) |         \
+     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB24
+#   define AV_WB24(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL24
+#   define AV_RL24(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |         \
+     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL24
+#   define AV_WL24(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
+ * in a type-safe way.
+ */
+
+#define AV_RNA(s, p)    (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16A
+#   define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32A
+#   define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64A
+#   define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16A
+#   define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32A
+#   define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64A
+#   define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
+ * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
+ * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
+    (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16
+#   define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32
+#   define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64
+#   define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128
+#   define AV_COPY128(d, s)                    \
+    do {                                       \
+        AV_COPY64(d, s);                       \
+        AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
+
+#ifndef AV_SWAP64
+#   define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO16
+#   define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO32
+#   define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO64
+#   define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO128
+#   define AV_ZERO128(d)         \
+    do {                         \
+        AV_ZERO64(d);            \
+        AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/lfg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned int state[64];
+    int index;
+} AVLFG;
+
+void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
+ * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+    c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+    return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+    unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+    unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
+    return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
+ * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
+ *
+ * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
+ */
+void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/log.h

@@ -23,13 +23,14 @@
 
 #include <stdarg.h>
 #include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
 
 /**
- * Describes the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
  * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
  * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
  */
-typedef struct {
+typedef struct AVClass {
     /**
      * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
      * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
@@ -56,6 +57,35 @@ typedef struct {
      */
 
     int version;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+     * 0 means there is no such variable
+     */
+    int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for loging is stored.
+     * for example a decoder that uses eval.c could pass its AVCodecContext to eval as such
+     * parent context. And a av_log() implementation could then display the parent context
+     * can be NULL of course
+     */
+    int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+     */
+    void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+    /**
+     * Return an AVClass corresponding to next potential
+     * AVOptions-enabled child.
+     *
+     * The difference between child_next and this is that
+     * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
+     * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
+     */
+    const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
 } AVClass;
 
 /* av_log API */
@@ -95,7 +125,7 @@ typedef struct {
 #define AV_LOG_DEBUG    48
 
 /**
- * Sends the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
  * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
  * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback
  * function.
@@ -108,16 +138,45 @@ typedef struct {
  * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
  * @see av_vlog
  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-void av_log(void*, int level, const char *fmt, ...) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-#else
-void av_log(void*, int level, const char *fmt, ...);
-#endif
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
 
-void av_vlog(void*, int level, const char *fmt, va_list);
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list);
 int av_log_get_level(void);
 void av_log_set_level(int);
 void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
 void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl);
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formated line
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * av_dlog macros
+ * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
+ */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#    define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#    define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
 
 #endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/lzo.h

@@ -22,30 +22,37 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
 #define AVUTIL_LZO_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
 
-/** \defgroup errflags Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
-  * \{ */
-//! end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
+  * @{ */
+/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
 #define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
-//! decoded data did not fit into output buffer
+/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
 #define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
-//! a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
+/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
 #define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
-//! a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
+/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
 #define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
-/** \} */
+/** @} */
 
 #define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
 #define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
 
 /**
- * \brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
- * \param out output buffer
- * \param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
- * \param in input buffer
- * \param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
- * \return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
+ * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
+ * @param out output buffer
+ * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @param in input buffer
+ * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
  *
  * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
  * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
@@ -53,14 +60,18 @@
 int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
 
 /**
- * \brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
- * \param dst destination buffer; must be padded with 12 additional bytes
- * \param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window)
- * \param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
+ * @brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
+ * @param dst destination buffer; must be padded with 12 additional bytes
+ * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
+ * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
  *
  * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
  * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
  */
 void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
 
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/mathematics.h

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
 #define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include "attributes.h"
 #include "rational.h"
@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@
 #ifndef M_LOG2_10
 #define M_LOG2_10      3.32192809488736234787  /* log_2 10 */
 #endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI          1.61803398874989484820   /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
 #ifndef M_PI
 #define M_PI           3.14159265358979323846  /* pi */
 #endif
@@ -54,6 +57,12 @@
 #define INFINITY       (1.0/0.0)
 #endif
 
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
 enum AVRounding {
     AV_ROUND_ZERO     = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
     AV_ROUND_INF      = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
@@ -63,36 +72,51 @@ enum AVRounding {
 };
 
 /**
- * Returns the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b.
  * If both a and b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is
  * undefined.
  */
 int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
 
 /**
- * Rescales a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
  * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
  */
 int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Rescales a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
  * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
  */
 int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Rescales a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
  */
 int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Compares 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
+ * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
  * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
  * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
  * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
  */
 int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
 
+/**
+ * Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
+ * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
+ * significant log2(mod) bits are known.
+ *
+ * @param mod must be a power of 2
+ * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
+ *         a positive value if a is greater than b
+ *         0                if a equals          b
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
 
 #endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/md5.h

@@ -21,7 +21,13 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
 #define AVUTIL_MD5_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
 
 extern const int av_md5_size;
 
@@ -32,5 +38,9 @@ void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
 void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
 void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
 
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
 

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/mem.h

@@ -27,8 +27,16 @@
 #define AVUTIL_MEM_H
 
 #include "attributes.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
 
-#if defined(__ICC) || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
     #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
     #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
 #elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
@@ -40,7 +48,7 @@
         static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
 #elif defined(__GNUC__)
     #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
-    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t attribute_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
 #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
     #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      __declspec(align(n)) t v
     #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
@@ -55,38 +63,48 @@
     #define av_malloc_attrib
 #endif
 
-#if (!defined(__ICC) || __ICC > 1110) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
     #define av_alloc_size(n) __attribute__((alloc_size(n)))
 #else
     #define av_alloc_size(n)
 #endif
 
 /**
- * Allocates a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
  * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
  * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
  * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
  * be allocated.
  * @see av_mallocz()
  */
-void *av_malloc(unsigned int size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
 
 /**
- * Allocates or reallocates a block of memory.
- * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocates a new block. If
- * size is zero, frees the memory block pointed to by ptr.
- * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
- * reallocated.
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
  * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
  * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated.
  * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block
  * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
  * @see av_fast_realloc()
  */
-void *av_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int size) av_alloc_size(2);
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
 
 /**
- * Frees a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
+ * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
+ *   integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ *   leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
  * av_realloc().
  * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
  * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
@@ -96,17 +114,29 @@ void *av_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int size) av_alloc_size(2);
 void av_free(void *ptr);
 
 /**
- * Allocates a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
  * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
- * zeroes all the bytes of the block.
+ * zero all the bytes of the block.
  * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
  * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
  * @see av_malloc()
  */
-void *av_mallocz(unsigned int size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
 
 /**
- * Duplicates the string s.
+ * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
+ * zero all the bytes of the block.
+ * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
+ * to INT_MAX.
+ * @param nmemb
+ * @param size
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate the string s.
  * @param s string to be duplicated
  * @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a
  * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
@@ -114,7 +144,7 @@ void *av_mallocz(unsigned int size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
 char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
 
 /**
- * Frees a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
  * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
  * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
  * be freed.
@@ -122,4 +152,37 @@ char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
  */
 void av_freep(void *ptr);
 
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * @param tab_ptr Pointer to the array.
+ * @param nb_ptr  Pointer to the number of elements in the array.
+ * @param elem    Element to be added.
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
+ * @return  0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
+ */
+static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
+{
+    size_t t = a * b;
+    /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
+     * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+    if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+        return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+    *r = t;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/opt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
+/*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
+#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AVOptions
+ */
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "log.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ * @{
+ * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
+ * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
+ * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
+ * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
+ *
+ * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
+ * the first member of the struct must be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
+ * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
+ * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
+ * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
+ * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
+ * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
+ * should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct test_struct {
+ *     AVClass *class;
+ *     int      int_opt;
+ *     char    *str_opt;
+ *     uint8_t *bin_opt;
+ *     int      bin_len;
+ * } test_struct;
+ *
+ * static const AVOption options[] = {
+ *   { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ *   { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
+ *   { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
+ *   { NULL },
+ * };
+ *
+ * static const AVClass test_class = {
+ *     .class_name = "test class",
+ *     .item_name  = av_default_item_name,
+ *     .option     = options,
+ *     .version    = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
+ * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() must be called to
+ * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
+ * AVOptions API.
+ *
+ * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
+ * free all the allocated string and binary options.
+ *
+ * Continuing with the above example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
+ * {
+ *     test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ *     ret->class = &test_class;
+ *     av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
+ *     return ret;
+ * }
+ * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
+ * {
+ *     av_opt_free(*foo);
+ *     av_freep(foo);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
+ *      It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
+ *      AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
+ *      libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
+ *      codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
+ *      parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
+ *      implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
+ *      parent struct's AVClass.
+ *      Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
+ *      child_struct field:
+ *
+ *      @code
+ *      typedef struct child_struct {
+ *          AVClass *class;
+ *          int flags_opt;
+ *      } child_struct;
+ *      static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
+ *          { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ *            offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ *          { NULL },
+ *      };
+ *      static const AVClass child_class = {
+ *          .class_name = "child class",
+ *          .item_name  = av_default_item_name,
+ *          .option     = child_opts,
+ *          .version    = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ *      };
+ *
+ *      void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
+ *      {
+ *          test_struct *t = obj;
+ *          if (!prev && t->child_struct)
+ *              return t->child_struct;
+ *          return NULL
+ *      }
+ *      const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
+ *      {
+ *          return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
+ *      }
+ *      @endcode
+ *      Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
+ *      test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
+ *      test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
+ *      child_struct right after it is created).
+ *
+ *      From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
+ *      and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
+ *      iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
+ *      iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
+ *      was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
+ *      child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
+ *      iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
+ *      iterate over all available codecs with private options.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
+ *      It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
+ *      field of the option the constants should apply to to a string and
+ *      create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
+ *      with their unit field set to the same string.
+ *      Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
+ *      constant.
+ *      For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
+ *      above, put the following into the child_opts array:
+ *      @code
+ *      { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ *        offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
+ *      { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
+ *      @endcode
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
+ * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
+ * AVFormatContext in libavformat.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
+ * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
+ * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
+ * for an option with the given name.
+ *
+ * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
+ * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
+ *
+ * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
+ * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
+ * (e.g.  when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
+ * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass.  The
+ * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
+ * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
+ * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
+ * av_opt_next() on each result).
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
+ * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
+ * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
+ * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
+ * option type.
+ *
+ * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
+ * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
+ * have to free it with av_free().
+ *
+ * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
+ * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
+ * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
+ * filled with option as a parameter. This allows to set some options
+ * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
+ * before the file is actually opened.
+ */
+
+enum AVOptionType{
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,  ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
+#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,  ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+    FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * AVOption
+ */
+typedef struct AVOption {
+    const char *name;
+
+    /**
+     * short English help text
+     * @todo What about other languages?
+     */
+    const char *help;
+
+    /**
+     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+     */
+    int offset;
+    enum AVOptionType type;
+
+    /**
+     * the default value for scalar options
+     */
+    union {
+        double dbl;
+        const char *str;
+        /* TODO those are unused now */
+        int64_t i64;
+        AVRational q;
+    } default_val;
+    double min;                 ///< minimum valid value for the option
+    double max;                 ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+    int flags;
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM  1   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM  2   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA        4   ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM     8
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM     16
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM  32
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+    /**
+     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+     * unit. May be NULL.
+     */
+    const char *unit;
+} AVOption;
+
+#if FF_API_FIND_OPT
+/**
+ * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which
+ * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is,
+ * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags).
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass
+ * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for
+ * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL
+ * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * has been found
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_opt_find.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags);
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+/**
+ * Set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
+ * type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
+ * found
+ * @param alloc this parameter is currently ignored
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ * @deprecated use av_opt_set()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out);
+
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n);
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n);
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n);
+
+double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
+AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
+int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
+attribute_deprecated const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len);
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ */
+int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ */
+int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+                          const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * Free all string and binary options in obj.
+ */
+void av_opt_free(void *obj);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ *         isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ */
+int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
+
+/*
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ *                by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ *                Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ *                with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ *         but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @{
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ */
+int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int        *flags_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int   (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int        *int_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t    *int64_out);
+int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float      *float_out);
+int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double     *double_out);
+int av_opt_eval_q     (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN   0x0001 /**< Search in possible children of the
+                                             given object first. */
+/**
+ *  The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ *  instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ *  useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ *  object.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ   0x0002
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass.
+ *                Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ *                AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ *                 it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ *         was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+                            int opt_flags, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass.
+ *                Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ *                AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ *                 it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ *         was found.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+                             int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ *            AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ *             or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_next(void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ */
+int av_opt_set       (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_int   (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t     val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double      val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_q     (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational  val, int search_flags);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+/**
+ * @note the returned string will av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ */
+int av_opt_get       (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t   **out_val);
+int av_opt_get_int   (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t    *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double     *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_q     (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ *          or written to.
+ */
+void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/parseutils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc parsing utilities
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * height value
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
+ *
+ * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
+ * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
+ * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
+ * component.
+ * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
+ * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
+ * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
+ * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
+ * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
+ * The string "random" will result in a random color.
+ * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
+ * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
+ * containing nothing else than the color.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
+ * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
+ */
+int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
+                   void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
+ * microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
+ * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
+ * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval.  If
+ * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
+ * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date.  If timestr cannot
+ * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
+
+ * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]}|{HH[MM[SS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
+ * now
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
+ * [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
+ * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
+
+/**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ */
+int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
+ */
+time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/pixdesc.h

@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 #define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
 
 #include <inttypes.h>
+#include "pixfmt.h"
 
 typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor{
     uint16_t plane        :2;            ///< which of the 4 planes contains the component
@@ -86,6 +87,8 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor{
 #define PIX_FMT_PAL       2 ///< Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
 #define PIX_FMT_BITSTREAM 4 ///< All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
 #define PIX_FMT_HWACCEL   8 ///< Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
+#define PIX_FMT_PLANAR   16 ///< At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB      32 ///< The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale)
 
 /**
  * The array of all the pixel format descriptors.
@@ -93,11 +96,11 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor{
 extern const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[];
 
 /**
- * Reads a line from an image, and writes the values of the
+ * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
  * pixel format component c to dst.
  *
  * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
- * @param linesizes the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
  * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
  * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
  * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
@@ -108,28 +111,28 @@ extern const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[];
  * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
  * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
  */
-void read_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
-               const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
+void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
+                        const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
 
 /**
- * Writes the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
+ * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
  * image line.
  *
  * @param src array containing the values to write
  * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
  * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
- * @param linesizes the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
  * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
  * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
  * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
  * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
  * values to write to the image line
  */
-void write_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
-                const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w);
+void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
+                         const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w);
 
 /**
- * Returns the pixel format corresponding to name.
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
  *
  * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
  * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
@@ -142,7 +145,27 @@ void write_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
 enum PixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
 
 /**
- * Returns the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
+ * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
+ * unknown.
+ *
+ * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
+ */
+const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or an header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ */
+char *av_get_pix_fmt_string (char *buf, int buf_size, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
  * described by pixdesc.
  *
  * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/pixfmt.h

@@ -25,21 +25,21 @@
  * @file
  * pixel format definitions
  *
- * @warning This file has to be considered an internal but installed
- * header, so it should not be directly included in your projects.
  */
 
 #include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
 
 /**
- * Pixel format. Notes:
+ * Pixel format.
  *
+ * @note
  * PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
  * color is put together as:
  *  (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
  * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
  * big-endian CPUs.
  *
+ * @par
  * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
  * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
  * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
@@ -49,13 +49,15 @@
  * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
  * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
  *
+ * @par
  * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
  * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
  * allocating the picture.
  *
- * Note, make sure that all newly added big endian formats have pix_fmt&1==1
- *       and that all newly added little endian formats have pix_fmt&1==0
- *       this allows simpler detection of big vs little endian.
+ * @note
+ * make sure that all newly added big endian formats have pix_fmt&1==1
+ * and that all newly added little endian formats have pix_fmt&1==0
+ * this allows simpler detection of big vs little endian.
  */
 enum PixelFormat {
     PIX_FMT_NONE= -1,
@@ -71,9 +73,9 @@ enum PixelFormat {
     PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
     PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
     PIX_FMT_PAL8,      ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
-    PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG)
-    PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG)
-    PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG)
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
     PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
     PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
     PIX_FMT_UYVY422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
@@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ enum PixelFormat {
     PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, big-endian
     PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, little-endian
     PIX_FMT_YUV440P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
-    PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG)
+    PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
     PIX_FMT_YUVA420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
     PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
     PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
@@ -128,14 +130,61 @@ enum PixelFormat {
     PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4,  ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
     PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD,    ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
 
-    PIX_FMT_RGB444BE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
     PIX_FMT_RGB444LE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0
-    PIX_FMT_BGR444BE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
+    PIX_FMT_RGB444BE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
     PIX_FMT_BGR444LE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1
-    PIX_FMT_Y400A,     ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
+    PIX_FMT_BGR444BE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
+    PIX_FMT_GRAY8A,    ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
+    PIX_FMT_BGR48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGR48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus
+    //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored seperately
+    //is better
+    PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD,    ///< hardware decoding through VDA
+
+#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+#endif
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP,      ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big endian
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little endian
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big endian
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little endian
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big endian
+    PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little endian
+
+#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE,  ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+#endif
+    PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,      ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB...
+    PIX_FMT_RGB0,      ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0...
+    PIX_FMT_0BGR,      ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR...
+    PIX_FMT_BGR0,      ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0...
     PIX_FMT_NB,        ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
 };
 
+#define PIX_FMT_Y400A PIX_FMT_GRAY8A
+#define PIX_FMT_GBR24P PIX_FMT_GBRP
+
 #if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
 #   define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) PIX_FMT_##be
 #else
@@ -146,18 +195,33 @@ enum PixelFormat {
 #define PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
 #define PIX_FMT_BGR32   PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
 #define PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define PIX_FMT_0RGB32  PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define PIX_FMT_0BGR32  PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
 
 #define PIX_FMT_GRAY16 PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_RGB48  PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE,  RGB48LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_RGB565 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_RGB555 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_RGB444 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR48  PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE,  BGR48LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_BGR565 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_BGR555 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_BGR444 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
 
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P9  PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P9  PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P9  PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
 #define PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
 
+#define PIX_FMT_RGBA64 PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_BGRA64 PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP9     PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE ,    GBRP9LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP10    PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE,    GBRP10LE)
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP16    PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE,    GBRP16LE)
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/random_seed.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
+ * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
+ * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
+ * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
+ * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
+ */
+uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/rational.h

@@ -28,9 +28,15 @@
 #ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
 #define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
 
-#include <msc_stdint.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include "attributes.h"
 
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
 /**
  * rational number numerator/denominator
  */
@@ -40,20 +46,23 @@ typedef struct AVRational{
 } AVRational;
 
 /**
- * Compares two rationals.
+ * Compare two rationals.
  * @param a first rational
  * @param b second rational
- * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b and -1 if a<b
+ * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the
+ * values is of the form 0/0
  */
 static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
     const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
 
-    if(tmp) return (tmp>>63)|1;
-    else    return 0;
+    if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+    else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+    else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+    else                    return INT_MIN;
 }
 
 /**
- * Converts rational to double.
+ * Convert rational to double.
  * @param a rational to convert
  * @return (double) a
  */
@@ -62,7 +71,7 @@ static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
 }
 
 /**
- * Reduces a fraction.
+ * Reduce a fraction.
  * This is useful for framerate calculations.
  * @param dst_num destination numerator
  * @param dst_den destination denominator
@@ -74,7 +83,7 @@ static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
 int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
 
 /**
- * Multiplies two rationals.
+ * Multiply two rationals.
  * @param b first rational
  * @param c second rational
  * @return b*c
@@ -82,7 +91,7 @@ int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max)
 AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Divides one rational by another.
+ * Divide one rational by another.
  * @param b first rational
  * @param c second rational
  * @return b/c
@@ -90,7 +99,7 @@ AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Adds two rationals.
+ * Add two rationals.
  * @param b first rational
  * @param c second rational
  * @return b+c
@@ -98,7 +107,7 @@ AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Subtracts one rational from another.
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
  * @param b first rational
  * @param c second rational
  * @return b-c
@@ -106,7 +115,9 @@ AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
 
 /**
- * Converts a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
+ *
  * @param d double to convert
  * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
  * @return (AVRational) d
@@ -120,10 +131,14 @@ AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
 int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
 
 /**
- * Finds the nearest value in q_list to q.
+ * Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
  * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
  * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
  */
 int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
 
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
 #endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/samplefmt.h

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * all in native-endian format
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8,          ///< unsigned 8 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16,         ///< signed 16 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32,         ///< signed 32 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT,         ///< float
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL,         ///< double
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P,         ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P,        ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P,        ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP,        ///< float, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP,        ///< double, planar
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB           ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+#if FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use av_get_bytes_per_sample() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_bits_per_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels   the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples    the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt    the sample format
+ * @return              required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                               enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Fill channel data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The pointers array is filled with the pointers to the samples data:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The linesize array is filled with the aligned size of each channel's data
+ * buffer for planar layout, or the aligned size of the buffer for all channels
+ * for packed layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    calculated linesize
+ * @param buf              the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels      the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples       the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt       the sample format
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (1 = no alignment required)
+ * @return                 0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, uint8_t *buf,
+                           int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                           enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    aligned size for audio buffer(s)
+ * @param nb_channels      number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples       number of samples per channel
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (1 = no alignment required)
+ * @return                 0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                     int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libavutil/sha.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha_size;
+
+struct AVSHA;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */

3rdparty/include/ffmpeg_/libswscale/swscale.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
  *
  * This file is part of FFmpeg.
  *
@@ -28,10 +28,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "libavutil/log.h"
+#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
 
-#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 0
-#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 11
-#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 0
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 2
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 1
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
 
 #define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT  AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
                                                LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
@@ -44,17 +46,31 @@
 #define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT        "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
 
 /**
- * Returns the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ * Those FF_API_* defines are not part of public API.
+ * They may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+#ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT
+#define FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT  (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS
+#define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS    (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME
+#define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME  (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
  */
 unsigned swscale_version(void);
 
 /**
- * Returns the libswscale build-time configuration.
+ * Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
  */
 const char *swscale_configuration(void);
 
 /**
- * Returns the libswscale license.
+ * Return the libswscale license.
  */
 const char *swscale_license(void);
 
@@ -87,11 +103,18 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
 #define SWS_ACCURATE_RND      0x40000
 #define SWS_BITEXACT          0x80000
 
+#if FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS
+/**
+ * CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags
+ * are only provided for API compatibility.
+ */
 #define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX      0x80000000
 #define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2     0x20000000
 #define SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW    0x40000000
 #define SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC  0x10000000
 #define SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN     0x01000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2     0x02000000
+#endif
 
 #define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
 
@@ -104,7 +127,7 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
 #define SWS_CS_DEFAULT        5
 
 /**
- * Returns a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
+ * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
  * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
  *
  * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
@@ -112,7 +135,6 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
  */
 const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
 
-
 // when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
 // coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
 typedef struct {
@@ -131,25 +153,41 @@ typedef struct {
 struct SwsContext;
 
 /**
- * Returns a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
  * otherwise.
  */
 int sws_isSupportedInput(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
 
 /**
- * Returns a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
  * otherwise.
  */
 int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt);
 
 /**
- * Frees the swscaler context swsContext.
+ * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
+ * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
+ * sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
+ *
+ * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
+ * error
+ */
+int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
+
+/**
+ * Free the swscaler context swsContext.
  * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
  */
 void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
 
+#if FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT
 /**
- * Allocates and returns a SwsContext. You need it to perform
+ * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
  * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
  *
  * @param srcW the width of the source image
@@ -160,14 +198,18 @@ void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
  * @param dstFormat the destination image format
  * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
  * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
+ * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
+ *       written
+ * @deprecated Use sws_getCachedContext() instead.
  */
 struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat,
                                   int dstW, int dstH, enum PixelFormat dstFormat,
                                   int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
                                   SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
+#endif
 
 /**
- * Scales the image slice in srcSlice and puts the resulting scaled
+ * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
  * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
  * rows in an image.
  *
@@ -175,7 +217,7 @@ struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat
  * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
  * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
  *
- * @param context   the scaling context previously created with
+ * @param c         the scaling context previously created with
  *                  sws_getContext()
  * @param srcSlice  the array containing the pointers to the planes of
  *                  the source slice
@@ -192,20 +234,12 @@ struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat
  *                  the destination image
  * @return          the height of the output slice
  */
-int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *context, const uint8_t* const srcSlice[], const int srcStride[],
-              int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, uint8_t* const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
-#if LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1
-/**
- * @deprecated Use sws_scale() instead.
- */
-int sws_scale_ordered(struct SwsContext *context, const uint8_t* const src[],
-                      int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
-                      uint8_t* dst[], int dstStride[]) attribute_deprecated;
-#endif
+int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
+              const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
+              uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
 
 /**
  * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
- * @param fullRange if 1 then the luma range is 0..255 if 0 it is 16..235
  * @return -1 if not supported
  */
 int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
@@ -220,35 +254,35 @@ int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
                              int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
 
 /**
- * Allocates and returns an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
+ * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
  */
 SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
 
 /**
- * Returns a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
- * quality=3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
+ * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
+ * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
  */
 SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
 
 /**
- * Allocates and returns a vector with length coefficients, all
+ * Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all
  * with the same value c.
  */
 SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
 
 /**
- * Allocates and returns a vector with just one coefficient, with
+ * Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with
  * value 1.0.
  */
 SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
 
 /**
- * Scales all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
  */
 void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
 
 /**
- * Scales all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
  */
 void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
 void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
@@ -257,20 +291,13 @@ void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
 void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
 
 /**
- * Allocates and returns a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
+ * Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
  * with the same coefficients as a.
  */
 SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
 
-#if LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1
 /**
- * @deprecated Use sws_printVec2() instead.
- */
-attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec(SwsVector *a);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prints with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
+ * Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
  * if log_level <= av_log_level.
  */
 void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
@@ -284,8 +311,7 @@ SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
 void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
 
 /**
- * Checks if context can be reused, otherwise reallocates a new
- * one.
+ * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
  *
  * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
  * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
@@ -303,7 +329,7 @@ struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
                                         SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
 
 /**
- * Converts an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32-bits.
+ * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
  *
  * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
  *
@@ -312,10 +338,10 @@ struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
  * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
  * @param palette    array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
  */
-void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, long num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
+void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
 
 /**
- * Converts an 8bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
+ * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
  *
  * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
  *
@@ -324,7 +350,14 @@ void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, long num_pi
  * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
  * @param palette    array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
  */
-void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, long num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
+void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
 
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
 
 #endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */

3rdparty/libjasper/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
 #  CMake file for libjasper. See root CMakeLists.txt
 #
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-project(libjasper)
+project(${JASPER_LIBRARY})
 
 
 add_definitions(-DEXCLUDE_MIF_SUPPORT -DEXCLUDE_PNM_SUPPORT -DEXCLUDE_BMP_SUPPORT -DEXCLUDE_RAS_SUPPORT  -DEXCLUDE_JPG_SUPPORT -DEXCLUDE_PGX_SUPPORT)
 
 # List of C++ files:
-include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
+ocv_include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
 
 # The .cpp files:
 file(GLOB lib_srcs *.c)
@@ -19,40 +19,42 @@ file(GLOB lib_ext_hdrs jasper/*.h)
 # 				Define the library target:
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-set(the_target "libjasper")
-
-add_library(${the_target} STATIC ${lib_srcs} ${lib_hdrs} ${lib_ext_hdrs})
+add_library(${JASPER_LIBRARY} STATIC ${lib_srcs} ${lib_hdrs} ${lib_ext_hdrs})
 
 if(MSVC)
+  if(NOT ENABLE_NOISY_WARNINGS)
     string(REPLACE "/W3" "/W0" CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS}")
     string(REPLACE "/W4" "/W0" CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS}")
-    add_definitions(-DJAS_WIN_MSVC_BUILD)
-endif()
-
-if(UNIX)
-    if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CV_ICC)
-        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fPIC")
-    endif()
+  endif()
+  add_definitions(-DJAS_WIN_MSVC_BUILD)
 endif()
 
 if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-implicit-function-declaration -Wno-unused")
+  set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-uninitialized")
 endif()
 
+if(UNIX)
+  if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CV_ICC)
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fPIC")
+  endif()
+endif()
 
+if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX AND NOT ENABLE_NOISY_WARNINGS)
+  set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-implicit-function-declaration -Wno-unused")
+endif()
 
-set_target_properties(${the_target}
+set_target_properties(${JASPER_LIBRARY}
 	PROPERTIES
-	OUTPUT_NAME "${the_target}"
+	OUTPUT_NAME ${JASPER_LIBRARY}
 	DEBUG_POSTFIX "${OPENCV_DEBUG_POSTFIX}"
 	ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH}"
 	)
 	
 if(ENABLE_SOLUTION_FOLDERS)
-	set_target_properties(${the_target} PROPERTIES FOLDER "3rdparty")
+  set_target_properties(${JASPER_LIBRARY} PROPERTIES FOLDER "3rdparty")
 endif()	
     
 if(NOT BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
-    install(TARGETS ${the_target}
-	    ARCHIVE DESTINATION share/OpenCV/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH} COMPONENT main)
+  install(TARGETS ${JASPER_LIBRARY} ARCHIVE DESTINATION share/OpenCV/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH} COMPONENT main)
 endif()
+

3rdparty/libjasper/jpc_enc.c

@@ -2102,8 +2102,8 @@ static jpc_enc_tcmpt_t *tcmpt_create(jpc_enc_tcmpt_t *tcmpt, jpc_enc_cp_t *cp,
 
 	tcmpt->numstepsizes = tcmpt->numbands;
 	assert(tcmpt->numstepsizes <= JPC_MAXBANDS);
-	memset(tcmpt->stepsizes, 0, sizeof(tcmpt->numstepsizes *
-	  sizeof(uint_fast16_t)));
+	memset(tcmpt->stepsizes, 0, tcmpt->numstepsizes *
+	  sizeof(uint_fast16_t));
 
 	/* Retrieve information about the various bands. */
 	jpc_tsfb_getbands(tcmpt->tsfb, jas_seq2d_xstart(tcmpt->data),

3rdparty/libjpeg/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -2,11 +2,11 @@
 #  CMake file for libjpeg. See root CMakeLists.txt
 #
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-project(libjpeg)
+project(${JPEG_LIBRARY})
 
 # List of C++ files:
 
-include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
+ocv_include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
 
 # The .cpp files:
 file(GLOB lib_srcs *.c)
@@ -16,35 +16,32 @@ file(GLOB lib_hdrs *.h)
 # 				Define the library target:
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-set(the_target "libjpeg")
-
-add_library(${the_target} STATIC ${lib_srcs} ${lib_hdrs})
+add_library(${JPEG_LIBRARY} STATIC ${lib_srcs} ${lib_hdrs})
 
 if(MSVC)
-    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3")
+  set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3")
 endif()
 
 if(UNIX)
-     if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CV_ICC)
-        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fPIC")
-     endif()
+  if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CV_ICC)
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fPIC")
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
-    set_source_files_properties(jcdctmgr.c PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-O1")
+  set_source_files_properties(jcdctmgr.c PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-O1")
 endif()
 
-set_target_properties(${the_target}
-	PROPERTIES OUTPUT_NAME "${the_target}"
+set_target_properties(${JPEG_LIBRARY}
+	PROPERTIES OUTPUT_NAME ${JPEG_LIBRARY}
 	DEBUG_POSTFIX "${OPENCV_DEBUG_POSTFIX}"
 	ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH}
 	)
 	
 if(ENABLE_SOLUTION_FOLDERS)
-	set_target_properties(${the_target} PROPERTIES FOLDER "3rdparty")
+  set_target_properties(${JPEG_LIBRARY} PROPERTIES FOLDER "3rdparty")
 endif()	
     
 if(NOT BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
-    install(TARGETS ${the_target}
-	    ARCHIVE DESTINATION share/OpenCV/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH} COMPONENT main)
+  install(TARGETS ${JPEG_LIBRARY} ARCHIVE DESTINATION share/OpenCV/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH} COMPONENT main)
 endif()

3rdparty/libpng/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -2,17 +2,11 @@
 #  CMake file for libpng. See root CMakeLists.txt
 #
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-project(libpng)
+project(${PNG_LIBRARY})
 
 # List of C++ files:
 
-include_directories("${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}")
-
-if(ZLIB_FOUND)
-    include_directories(${ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIR})
-else()
-    include_directories("${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../zlib")
-endif()
+ocv_include_directories("${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}" ${ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIR})
 
 file(GLOB lib_srcs *.c)
 file(GLOB lib_hdrs *.h)
@@ -21,31 +15,28 @@ file(GLOB lib_hdrs *.h)
 # 				Define the library target:
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-set(the_target "libpng")
-
-add_library(${the_target} STATIC ${lib_srcs} ${lib_hdrs})
+add_library(${PNG_LIBRARY} STATIC ${lib_srcs} ${lib_hdrs})
 
 if(MSVC)
-    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3")
+  set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3")
 endif()
 
 if(UNIX)
-    if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CV_ICC)
-        set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fPIC")
-    endif()
+  if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CV_ICC)
+    set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -fPIC")
+  endif()
 endif()
 
-set_target_properties(${the_target}
-	PROPERTIES OUTPUT_NAME "${the_target}"
+set_target_properties(${PNG_LIBRARY}
+	PROPERTIES OUTPUT_NAME ${PNG_LIBRARY}
 	DEBUG_POSTFIX "${OPENCV_DEBUG_POSTFIX}"
 	ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH}"
 	)
 	
 if(ENABLE_SOLUTION_FOLDERS)
-	set_target_properties(${the_target} PROPERTIES FOLDER "3rdparty")
+  set_target_properties(${PNG_LIBRARY} PROPERTIES FOLDER "3rdparty")
 endif()
     
 if(NOT BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
-    install(TARGETS ${the_target}
-	    ARCHIVE DESTINATION share/OpenCV/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH} COMPONENT main)
+  install(TARGETS ${PNG_LIBRARY} ARCHIVE DESTINATION share/OpenCV/3rdparty/${OPENCV_LIB_INSTALL_PATH} COMPONENT main)
 endif()

3rdparty/libpng/README

@@ -1,257 +1,202 @@
-README for libpng version 1.4.3 - June 26, 2010 (shared library 14.0)
-See the note about version numbers near the top of png.h
-
-See INSTALL for instructions on how to install libpng.
-
-Libpng comes in several distribution formats.  Get libpng-*.tar.gz,
-libpng-*.tar.xz or libpng-*.tar.bz2 if you want UNIX-style line endings
-in the text files, or lpng*.zip if you want DOS-style line endings.
-
-Version 0.89 was the first official release of libpng.  Don't let the
-fact that it's the first release fool you.  The libpng library has been in
-extensive use and testing since mid-1995.  By late 1997 it had
-finally gotten to the stage where there hadn't been significant
-changes to the API in some time, and people have a bad feeling about
-libraries with versions < 1.0.  Version 1.0.0 was released in
-March 1998.
-
-****
-Note that some of the changes to the png_info structure render this
-version of the library binary incompatible with libpng-0.89 or
-earlier versions if you are using a shared library.  The type of the
-"filler" parameter for png_set_filler() has changed from png_byte to
-png_uint_32, which will affect shared-library applications that use
-this function.
-
-To avoid problems with changes to the internals of png_info_struct,
-new APIs have been made available in 0.95 to avoid direct application
-access to info_ptr.  These functions are the png_set_<chunk> and
-png_get_<chunk> functions.  These functions should be used when
-accessing/storing the info_struct data, rather than manipulating it
-directly, to avoid such problems in the future.
-
-It is important to note that the APIs do not make current programs
-that access the info struct directly incompatible with the new
-library.  However, it is strongly suggested that new programs use
-the new APIs (as shown in example.c and pngtest.c), and older programs
-be converted to the new format, to facilitate upgrades in the future.
-****
-
-Additions since 0.90 include the ability to compile libpng as a
-Windows DLL, and new APIs for accessing data in the info struct.
-Experimental functions include the ability to set weighting and cost
-factors for row filter selection, direct reads of integers from buffers
-on big-endian processors that support misaligned data access, faster
-methods of doing alpha composition, and more accurate 16->8 bit color
-conversion.
-
-The additions since 0.89 include the ability to read from a PNG stream
-which has had some (or all) of the signature bytes read by the calling
-application.  This also allows the reading of embedded PNG streams that
-do not have the PNG file signature.  As well, it is now possible to set
-the library action on the detection of chunk CRC errors.  It is possible
-to set different actions based on whether the CRC error occurred in a
-critical or an ancillary chunk.
-
-The changes made to the library, and bugs fixed are based on discussions
-on the PNG-implement mailing list and not on material submitted
-privately to Guy, Andreas, or Glenn.  They will forward any good
-suggestions to the list.
-
-For a detailed description on using libpng, read libpng.txt.  For
-examples of libpng in a program, see example.c and pngtest.c.  For usage
-information and restrictions (what little they are) on libpng, see
-png.h.  For a description on using zlib (the compression library used by
-libpng) and zlib's restrictions, see zlib.h
-
-I have included a general makefile, as well as several machine and
-compiler specific ones, but you may have to modify one for your own needs.
-
-You should use zlib 1.0.4 or later to run this, but it MAY work with
-versions as old as zlib 0.95.  Even so, there are bugs in older zlib
-versions which can cause the output of invalid compression streams for
-some images.  You will definitely need zlib 1.0.4 or later if you are
-taking advantage of the MS-DOS "far" structure allocation for the small
-and medium memory models.  You should also note that zlib is a
-compression library that is useful for more things than just PNG files.
-You can use zlib as a drop-in replacement for fread() and fwrite() if
-you are so inclined.
-
-zlib should be available at the same place that libpng is, or at.
-ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
-
-You may also want a copy of the PNG specification.  It is available
-as an RFC, a W3C Recommendation, and an ISO/IEC Standard.  You can find
-these at http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/
-
-This code is currently being archived at libpng.sf.net in the
-[DOWNLOAD] area, and on CompuServe, Lib 20 (PNG SUPPORT)
-at GO GRAPHSUP.  If you can't find it in any of those places,
-e-mail me, and I'll help you find it.
-
-If you have any code changes, requests, problems, etc., please e-mail
-them to me.  Also, I'd appreciate any make files or project files,
-and any modifications you needed to make to get libpng to compile,
-along with a #define variable to tell what compiler/system you are on.
-If you needed to add transformations to libpng, or wish libpng would
-provide the image in a different way, drop me a note (and code, if
-possible), so I can consider supporting the transformation.
-Finally, if you get any warning messages when compiling libpng
-(note: not zlib), and they are easy to fix, I'd appreciate the
-fix.  Please mention "libpng" somewhere in the subject line.  Thanks.
-
-This release was created and will be supported by myself (of course
-based in a large way on Guy's and Andreas' earlier work), and the PNG
-development group.
-
-Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at
-lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit 
-https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
-to subscribe) or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
-
-You can't reach Guy, the original libpng author, at the addresses
-given in previous versions of this document.  He and Andreas will
-read mail addressed to the png-implement list, however.
-
-Please do not send general questions about PNG.  Send them to
-the (png-list at ccrc.wustl.edu, subscription required, write to
-majordomo at ccrc.wustl.edu with "subscribe png-list" in your message).
-On the other hand,
-please do not send libpng questions to that address, send them to me
-or to the png-implement list.  I'll
-get them in the end anyway.  If you have a question about something
-in the PNG specification that is related to using libpng, send it
-to me.  Send me any questions that start with "I was using libpng,
-and ...".  If in doubt, send questions to me.  I'll bounce them
-to others, if necessary.
-
-Please do not send suggestions on how to change PNG.  We have
-been discussing PNG for nine years now, and it is official and
-finished.  If you have suggestions for libpng, however, I'll
-gladly listen.  Even if your suggestion is not used immediately,
-it may be used later.
-
-Files in this distribution:
-
-      ANNOUNCE      =>  Announcement of this version, with recent changes
-      CHANGES       =>  Description of changes between libpng versions
-      KNOWNBUG      =>  List of known bugs and deficiencies
-      LICENSE       =>  License to use and redistribute libpng
-      README        =>  This file
-      TODO          =>  Things not implemented in the current library
-      Y2KINFO       =>  Statement of Y2K compliance
-      example.c     =>  Example code for using libpng functions
-      libpng.3      =>  manual page for libpng (includes libpng.txt)
-      libpng.txt    =>  Description of libpng and its functions
-      libpngpf.3    =>  manual page for libpng's private functions
-      png.5         =>  manual page for the PNG format
-      png.c         =>  Basic interface functions common to library
-      png.h         =>  Library function and interface declarations
-      pngconf.h     =>  System specific library configuration
-      pngerror.c    =>  Error/warning message I/O functions
-      pngget.c      =>  Functions for retrieving info from struct
-      pngmem.c      =>  Memory handling functions
-      pngbar.png    =>  PNG logo, 88x31
-      pngnow.png    =>  PNG logo, 98x31
-      pngpread.c    =>  Progressive reading functions
-      pngread.c     =>  Read data/helper high-level functions
-      pngrio.c      =>  Lowest-level data read I/O functions
-      pngrtran.c    =>  Read data transformation functions
-      pngrutil.c    =>  Read data utility functions
-      pngset.c      =>  Functions for storing data into the info_struct
-      pngtest.c     =>  Library test program
-      pngtest.png   =>  Library test sample image
-      pngtrans.c    =>  Common data transformation functions
-      pngwio.c      =>  Lowest-level write I/O functions
-      pngwrite.c    =>  High-level write functions
-      pngwtran.c    =>  Write data transformations
-      pngwutil.c    =>  Write utility functions
-      contrib       =>  Contributions
-       gregbook         =>  source code for PNG reading and writing, from
-                            Greg Roelofs' "PNG: The Definitive Guide",
-                            O'Reilly, 1999
-       msvctest     =>  Builds and runs pngtest using a MSVC workspace
-       pngminus     =>  Simple pnm2png and png2pnm programs
-       pngsuite     =>  Test images
-       visupng      =>  Contains a MSVC workspace for VisualPng
-      projects      =>  Contains project files and workspaces for
-                        building a DLL
-       c5builder        =>  Contains a Borland workspace for building
-                            libpng and zlib
-       visualc6         =>  Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
-                            workspace for building libpng and zlib
-      scripts       =>  Directory containing scripts for building libpng:
-       descrip.mms      =>  VMS makefile for MMS or MMK
-       makefile.std     =>  Generic UNIX makefile (cc, creates static
-                            libpng.a)
-       makefile.elf     =>  Linux/ELF makefile symbol versioning,
-                            gcc, creates libpng14.so.14.1.4.3)
-       makefile.linux   =>  Linux/ELF makefile
-                            (gcc, creates libpng14.so.14.1.4.3)
-       makefile.gcc     =>  Generic makefile (gcc, creates static libpng.a)
-       makefile.knr     =>  Archaic UNIX Makefile that converts files with
-                            ansi2knr (Requires ansi2knr.c from
-                            ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost)
-       makefile.aix     =>  AIX makefile
-       makefile.cygwin  =>  Cygwin/gcc makefile
-       makefile.darwin  =>  Darwin makefile
-       makefile.dec     =>  DEC Alpha UNIX makefile
-       makefile.freebsd =>  FreeBSD makefile
-       makefile.hpgcc   =>  HPUX makefile using gcc
-       makefile.hpux    =>  HPUX (10.20 and 11.00) makefile
-       makefile.hp64    =>  HPUX (10.20 and 11.00) makefile, 64 bit
-       makefile.ibmc    =>  IBM C/C++ version 3.x for Win32 and OS/2 (static)
-       makefile.intel   =>  Intel C/C++ version 4.0 and later
-       makefile.mingw   =>  Mingw/gcc makefile
-       makefile.netbsd  =>  NetBSD/cc makefile, makes libpng.so.
-       makefile.ne14bsd  =>  NetBSD/cc makefile, makes
-                            libpng14.so
-       makefile.openbsd =>  OpenBSD makefile
-       makefile.sgi     =>  Silicon Graphics IRIX (cc, creates static lib)
-       makefile.sggcc   =>  Silicon Graphics
-                            (gcc, creates libpng14.so.14.1.4.3)
-       makefile.sunos   =>  Sun makefile
-       makefile.solaris =>  Solaris 2.X makefile
-                            (gcc, creates libpng14.so.14.1.4.3)
-       makefile.so9     =>  Solaris 9 makefile
-                            (gcc, creates libpng14.so.14.1.4.3)
-       makefile.32sunu  =>  Sun Ultra 32-bit makefile
-       makefile.64sunu  =>  Sun Ultra 64-bit makefile
-       makefile.sco     =>  For SCO OSr5  ELF and Unixware 7 with Native cc
-       makefile.mips    =>  MIPS makefile
-       makefile.acorn   =>  Acorn makefile
-       makefile.amiga   =>  Amiga makefile
-       smakefile.ppc    =>  AMIGA smakefile for SAS C V6.58/7.00 PPC
-                            compiler (Requires SCOPTIONS, copied from
-                            scripts/SCOPTIONS.ppc)
-       makefile.atari   =>  Atari makefile
-       makefile.beos    =>  BEOS makefile for X86
-       makefile.bor     =>  Borland makefile (uses bcc)
-       makefile.bc32    =>  32-bit Borland C++ (all modules compiled in C mode)
-       makefile.tc3     =>  Turbo C 3.0 makefile
-       makefile.dj2     =>  DJGPP 2 makefile
-       makefile.msc     =>  Microsoft C makefile
-       makefile.vcwin32 =>  makefile for Microsoft Visual C++ 4.0 and
-                            later (does not use assembler code)
-       makefile.os2     =>  OS/2 Makefile (gcc and emx, requires pngos2.def)
-       png32ce.def      =>  module definition for makefile.cegccg
-       pngos2.def       =>  OS/2 module definition file used by
-                            makefile.os2
-       pngwin.def       =>  module definition file used by
-                            makefile.cygwin and makefile.mingw
-       makefile.watcom  =>  Watcom 10a+ Makefile, 32-bit flat memory model
-       makevms.com      =>  VMS build script
-       SCOPTIONS.ppc    =>  Used with smakefile.ppc
-
-Good luck, and happy coding.
-
--Glenn Randers-Pehrson (current maintainer, since 1998)
- Internet: glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
-
--Andreas Eric Dilger (former maintainer, 1996-1997)
- Internet: adilger at enel.ucalgary.ca
- Web: http://www-mddsp.enel.ucalgary.ca/People/adilger/
-
--Guy Eric Schalnat (original author and former maintainer, 1995-1996)
- (formerly of Group 42, Inc)
- Internet: gschal at infinet.com
+README for libpng version 1.5.9 - February 18, 2012 (shared library 15.0)
+See the note about version numbers near the top of png.h
+
+See INSTALL for instructions on how to install libpng.
+
+Libpng comes in several distribution formats.  Get libpng-*.tar.gz,
+libpng-*.tar.xz or libpng-*.tar.bz2 if you want UNIX-style line endings
+in the text files, or lpng*.zip if you want DOS-style line endings.
+
+Version 0.89 was the first official release of libpng.  Don't let the
+fact that it's the first release fool you.  The libpng library has been in
+extensive use and testing since mid-1995.  By late 1997 it had
+finally gotten to the stage where there hadn't been significant
+changes to the API in some time, and people have a bad feeling about
+libraries with versions < 1.0.  Version 1.0.0 was released in
+March 1998.
+
+****
+Note that some of the changes to the png_info structure render this
+version of the library binary incompatible with libpng-0.89 or
+earlier versions if you are using a shared library.  The type of the
+"filler" parameter for png_set_filler() has changed from png_byte to
+png_uint_32, which will affect shared-library applications that use
+this function.
+
+To avoid problems with changes to the internals of png_info_struct,
+new APIs have been made available in 0.95 to avoid direct application
+access to info_ptr.  These functions are the png_set_<chunk> and
+png_get_<chunk> functions.  These functions should be used when
+accessing/storing the info_struct data, rather than manipulating it
+directly, to avoid such problems in the future.
+
+It is important to note that the APIs do not make current programs
+that access the info struct directly incompatible with the new
+library.  However, it is strongly suggested that new programs use
+the new APIs (as shown in example.c and pngtest.c), and older programs
+be converted to the new format, to facilitate upgrades in the future.
+****
+
+Additions since 0.90 include the ability to compile libpng as a
+Windows DLL, and new APIs for accessing data in the info struct.
+Experimental functions include the ability to set weighting and cost
+factors for row filter selection, direct reads of integers from buffers
+on big-endian processors that support misaligned data access, faster
+methods of doing alpha composition, and more accurate 16->8 bit color
+conversion.
+
+The additions since 0.89 include the ability to read from a PNG stream
+which has had some (or all) of the signature bytes read by the calling
+application.  This also allows the reading of embedded PNG streams that
+do not have the PNG file signature.  As well, it is now possible to set
+the library action on the detection of chunk CRC errors.  It is possible
+to set different actions based on whether the CRC error occurred in a
+critical or an ancillary chunk.
+
+The changes made to the library, and bugs fixed are based on discussions
+on the PNG-implement mailing list and not on material submitted
+privately to Guy, Andreas, or Glenn.  They will forward any good
+suggestions to the list.
+
+For a detailed description on using libpng, read libpng-manual.txt.  For
+examples of libpng in a program, see example.c and pngtest.c.  For usage
+information and restrictions (what little they are) on libpng, see
+png.h.  For a description on using zlib (the compression library used by
+libpng) and zlib's restrictions, see zlib.h
+
+I have included a general makefile, as well as several machine and
+compiler specific ones, but you may have to modify one for your own needs.
+
+You should use zlib 1.0.4 or later to run this, but it MAY work with
+versions as old as zlib 0.95.  Even so, there are bugs in older zlib
+versions which can cause the output of invalid compression streams for
+some images.  You will definitely need zlib 1.0.4 or later if you are
+taking advantage of the MS-DOS "far" structure allocation for the small
+and medium memory models.  You should also note that zlib is a
+compression library that is useful for more things than just PNG files.
+You can use zlib as a drop-in replacement for fread() and fwrite() if
+you are so inclined.
+
+zlib should be available at the same place that libpng is, or at.
+ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
+
+You may also want a copy of the PNG specification.  It is available
+as an RFC, a W3C Recommendation, and an ISO/IEC Standard.  You can find
+these at http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/
+
+This code is currently being archived at libpng.sf.net in the
+[DOWNLOAD] area, and on CompuServe, Lib 20 (PNG SUPPORT)
+at GO GRAPHSUP.  If you can't find it in any of those places,
+e-mail me, and I'll help you find it.
+
+If you have any code changes, requests, problems, etc., please e-mail
+them to me.  Also, I'd appreciate any make files or project files,
+and any modifications you needed to make to get libpng to compile,
+along with a #define variable to tell what compiler/system you are on.
+If you needed to add transformations to libpng, or wish libpng would
+provide the image in a different way, drop me a note (and code, if
+possible), so I can consider supporting the transformation.
+Finally, if you get any warning messages when compiling libpng
+(note: not zlib), and they are easy to fix, I'd appreciate the
+fix.  Please mention "libpng" somewhere in the subject line.  Thanks.
+
+This release was created and will be supported by myself (of course
+based in a large way on Guy's and Andreas' earlier work), and the PNG
+development group.
+
+Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at
+lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit 
+https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
+to subscribe) or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
+
+You can't reach Guy, the original libpng author, at the addresses
+given in previous versions of this document.  He and Andreas will
+read mail addressed to the png-implement list, however.
+
+Please do not send general questions about PNG.  Send them to
+png-mng-misc at lists.sf.net (subscription required; visit
+https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-misc to
+subscribe).  If you have a question about something
+in the PNG specification that is related to using libpng, send it
+to me.  Send me any questions that start with "I was using libpng,
+and ...".  If in doubt, send questions to me.  I'll bounce them
+to others, if necessary.
+
+Please do not send suggestions on how to change PNG.  We have
+been discussing PNG for sixteen years now, and it is official and
+finished.  If you have suggestions for libpng, however, I'll
+gladly listen.  Even if your suggestion is not used immediately,
+it may be used later.
+
+Files in this distribution:
+
+      ANNOUNCE      =>  Announcement of this version, with recent changes
+      CHANGES       =>  Description of changes between libpng versions
+      KNOWNBUG      =>  List of known bugs and deficiencies
+      LICENSE       =>  License to use and redistribute libpng
+      README        =>  This file
+      TODO          =>  Things not implemented in the current library
+      Y2KINFO       =>  Statement of Y2K compliance
+      example.c     =>  Example code for using libpng functions
+      libpng.3      =>  manual page for libpng (includes libpng-manual.txt)
+      libpng-manual.txt  =>  Description of libpng and its functions
+      libpngpf.3    =>  manual page for libpng's private functions
+      png.5         =>  manual page for the PNG format
+      png.c         =>  Basic interface functions common to library
+      png.h         =>  Library function and interface declarations (public)
+      pngpriv.h     =>  Library function and interface declarations (private)
+      pngconf.h     =>  System specific library configuration (public)
+      pngstruct.h   =>  png_struct declaration (private)
+      pnginfo.h     =>  png_info struct declaration (private)
+      pngdebug.h    =>  debugging macros (private)
+      pngerror.c    =>  Error/warning message I/O functions
+      pngget.c      =>  Functions for retrieving info from struct
+      pngmem.c      =>  Memory handling functions
+      pngbar.png    =>  PNG logo, 88x31
+      pngnow.png    =>  PNG logo, 98x31
+      pngpread.c    =>  Progressive reading functions
+      pngread.c     =>  Read data/helper high-level functions
+      pngrio.c      =>  Lowest-level data read I/O functions
+      pngrtran.c    =>  Read data transformation functions
+      pngrutil.c    =>  Read data utility functions
+      pngset.c      =>  Functions for storing data into the info_struct
+      pngtest.c     =>  Library test program
+      pngtest.png   =>  Library test sample image
+      pngtrans.c    =>  Common data transformation functions
+      pngwio.c      =>  Lowest-level write I/O functions
+      pngwrite.c    =>  High-level write functions
+      pngwtran.c    =>  Write data transformations
+      pngwutil.c    =>  Write utility functions
+      contrib       =>  Contributions
+       gregbook         =>  source code for PNG reading and writing, from
+                            Greg Roelofs' "PNG: The Definitive Guide",
+                            O'Reilly, 1999
+       msvctest     =>  Builds and runs pngtest using a MSVC workspace
+       pngminus     =>  Simple pnm2png and png2pnm programs
+       pngsuite     =>  Test images
+       visupng      =>  Contains a MSVC workspace for VisualPng
+      projects      =>  Contains project files and workspaces for
+                        building a DLL
+       cbuilder5        =>  Contains a Borland workspace for building
+                            libpng and zlib
+       visualc6         =>  Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
+                            workspace for building libpng and zlib
+       visualc71        =>  Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC)
+                            workspace for building libpng and zlib
+       xcode            =>  Contains an Apple xcode
+                            workspace for building libpng and zlib
+      scripts       =>  Directory containing scripts for building libpng:
+                            (see scripts/README.txt for the list of scripts)
+
+Good luck, and happy coding.
+
+-Glenn Randers-Pehrson (current maintainer, since 1998)
+ Internet: glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
+
+-Andreas Eric Dilger (former maintainer, 1996-1997)
+ Internet: adilger at enel.ucalgary.ca
+ Web: http://www-mddsp.enel.ucalgary.ca/People/adilger/
+
+-Guy Eric Schalnat (original author and former maintainer, 1995-1996)
+ (formerly of Group 42, Inc)
+ Internet: gschal at infinet.com

3rdparty/libpng/pngdebug.h

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+
+/* pngdebug.h - Debugging macros for libpng, also used in pngtest.c
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
+ * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger)
+ * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.)
+ *
+ * Last changed in libpng 1.5.0 [January 6, 2011]
+ *
+ * This code is released under the libpng license.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
+ * and license in png.h
+ */
+
+/* Define PNG_DEBUG at compile time for debugging information.  Higher
+ * numbers for PNG_DEBUG mean more debugging information.  This has
+ * only been added since version 0.95 so it is not implemented throughout
+ * libpng yet, but more support will be added as needed.
+ *
+ * png_debug[1-2]?(level, message ,arg{0-2})
+ *   Expands to a statement (either a simple expression or a compound
+ *   do..while(0) statement) that outputs a message with parameter
+ *   substitution if PNG_DEBUG is defined to 2 or more.  If PNG_DEBUG
+ *   is undefined, 0 or 1 every png_debug expands to a simple expression
+ *   (actually ((void)0)).
+ *
+ *   level: level of detail of message, starting at 0.  A level 'n'
+ *          message is preceded by 'n' tab characters (not implemented
+ *          on Microsoft compilers unless PNG_DEBUG_FILE is also
+ *          defined, to allow debug DLL compilation with no standard IO).
+ *   message: a printf(3) style text string.  A trailing '\n' is added
+ *            to the message.
+ *   arg: 0 to 2 arguments for printf(3) style substitution in message.
+ */
+#ifndef PNGDEBUG_H
+#define PNGDEBUG_H
+/* These settings control the formatting of messages in png.c and pngerror.c */
+/* Moved to pngdebug.h at 1.5.0 */
+#  ifndef PNG_LITERAL_SHARP
+#    define PNG_LITERAL_SHARP 0x23
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PNG_LITERAL_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET
+#    define PNG_LITERAL_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET 0x5b
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PNG_LITERAL_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET
+#    define PNG_LITERAL_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET 0x5d
+#  endif
+#  ifndef PNG_STRING_NEWLINE
+#    define PNG_STRING_NEWLINE "\n"
+#  endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_DEBUG
+#  if (PNG_DEBUG > 0)
+#    if !defined(PNG_DEBUG_FILE) && defined(_MSC_VER)
+#      include <crtdbg.h>
+#      if (PNG_DEBUG > 1)
+#        ifndef _DEBUG
+#          define _DEBUG
+#        endif
+#        ifndef png_debug
+#          define png_debug(l,m)  _RPT0(_CRT_WARN,m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE)
+#        endif
+#        ifndef png_debug1
+#          define png_debug1(l,m,p1)  _RPT1(_CRT_WARN,m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE,p1)
+#        endif
+#        ifndef png_debug2
+#          define png_debug2(l,m,p1,p2) \
+             _RPT2(_CRT_WARN,m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE,p1,p2)
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    else /* PNG_DEBUG_FILE || !_MSC_VER */
+#      ifndef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
+#        include <stdio.h> /* not included yet */
+#      endif
+#      ifndef PNG_DEBUG_FILE
+#        define PNG_DEBUG_FILE stderr
+#      endif /* PNG_DEBUG_FILE */
+
+#      if (PNG_DEBUG > 1)
+/* Note: ["%s"m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE] probably does not work on
+ * non-ISO compilers
+ */
+#        ifdef __STDC__
+#          ifndef png_debug
+#            define png_debug(l,m) \
+       do { \
+       int num_tabs=l; \
+       fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE,"%s"m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE,(num_tabs==1 ? "\t" : \
+         (num_tabs==2 ? "\t\t":(num_tabs>2 ? "\t\t\t":"")))); \
+       } while (0)
+#          endif
+#          ifndef png_debug1
+#            define png_debug1(l,m,p1) \
+       do { \
+       int num_tabs=l; \
+       fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE,"%s"m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE,(num_tabs==1 ? "\t" : \
+         (num_tabs==2 ? "\t\t":(num_tabs>2 ? "\t\t\t":""))),p1); \
+       } while (0)
+#          endif
+#          ifndef png_debug2
+#            define png_debug2(l,m,p1,p2) \
+       do { \
+       int num_tabs=l; \
+       fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE,"%s"m PNG_STRING_NEWLINE,(num_tabs==1 ? "\t" : \
+         (num_tabs==2 ? "\t\t":(num_tabs>2 ? "\t\t\t":""))),p1,p2); \
+       } while (0)
+#          endif
+#        else /* __STDC __ */
+#          ifndef png_debug
+#            define png_debug(l,m) \
+       do { \
+       int num_tabs=l; \
+       char format[256]; \
+       snprintf(format,256,"%s%s%s",(num_tabs==1 ? "\t" : \
+         (num_tabs==2 ? "\t\t":(num_tabs>2 ? "\t\t\t":""))), \
+         m,PNG_STRING_NEWLINE); \
+       fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE,format); \
+       } while (0)
+#          endif
+#          ifndef png_debug1
+#            define png_debug1(l,m,p1) \
+       do { \
+       int num_tabs=l; \
+       char format[256]; \
+       snprintf(format,256,"%s%s%s",(num_tabs==1 ? "\t" : \
+         (num_tabs==2 ? "\t\t":(num_tabs>2 ? "\t\t\t":""))), \
+         m,PNG_STRING_NEWLINE); \
+       fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE,format,p1); \
+       } while (0)
+#          endif
+#          ifndef png_debug2
+#            define png_debug2(l,m,p1,p2) \
+       do { \
+       int num_tabs=l; \
+       char format[256]; \
+       snprintf(format,256,"%s%s%s",(num_tabs==1 ? "\t" : \
+         (num_tabs==2 ? "\t\t":(num_tabs>2 ? "\t\t\t":""))), \
+         m,PNG_STRING_NEWLINE); \
+       fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE,format,p1,p2); \
+       } while (0)
+#          endif
+#        endif /* __STDC __ */
+#      endif /* (PNG_DEBUG > 1) */
+
+#    endif /* _MSC_VER */
+#  endif /* (PNG_DEBUG > 0) */
+#endif /* PNG_DEBUG */
+#ifndef png_debug
+#  define png_debug(l, m) ((void)0)
+#endif
+#ifndef png_debug1
+#  define png_debug1(l, m, p1) ((void)0)
+#endif
+#ifndef png_debug2
+#  define png_debug2(l, m, p1, p2) ((void)0)
+#endif
+#endif /* PNGDEBUG_H */

3rdparty/libpng/pnginfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+
+/* pnginfo.h - header file for PNG reference library
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
+ * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger)
+ * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.)
+ *
+ * Last changed in libpng 1.5.0 [January 6, 2011]
+ *
+ * This code is released under the libpng license.
+ * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
+ * and license in png.h
+ */
+
+ /* png_info is a structure that holds the information in a PNG file so
+ * that the application can find out the characteristics of the image.
+ * If you are reading the file, this structure will tell you what is
+ * in the PNG file.  If you are writing the file, fill in the information
+ * you want to put into the PNG file, using png_set_*() functions, then
+ * call png_write_info().
+ *
+ * The names chosen should be very close to the PNG specification, so
+ * consult that document for information about the meaning of each field.
+ *
+ * With libpng < 0.95, it was only possible to directly set and read the
+ * the values in the png_info_struct, which meant that the contents and
+ * order of the values had to remain fixed.  With libpng 0.95 and later,
+ * however, there are now functions that abstract the contents of
+ * png_info_struct from the application, so this makes it easier to use
+ * libpng with dynamic libraries, and even makes it possible to use
+ * libraries that don't have all of the libpng ancillary chunk-handing
+ * functionality.  In libpng-1.5.0 this was moved into a separate private
+ * file that is not visible to applications.
+ *
+ * The following members may have allocated storage attached that should be
+ * cleaned up before the structure is discarded: palette, trans, text,
+ * pcal_purpose, pcal_units, pcal_params, hist, iccp_name, iccp_profile,
+ * splt_palettes, scal_unit, row_pointers, and unknowns.   By default, these
+ * are automatically freed when the info structure is deallocated, if they were
+ * allocated internally by libpng.  This behavior can be changed by means
+ * of the png_data_freer() function.
+ *
+ * More allocation details: all the chunk-reading functions that
+ * change these members go through the corresponding png_set_*
+ * functions.  A function to clear these members is available: see
+ * png_free_data().  The png_set_* functions do not depend on being
+ * able to point info structure members to any of the storage they are
+ * passed (they make their own copies), EXCEPT that the png_set_text
+ * functions use the same storage passed to them in the text_ptr or
+ * itxt_ptr structure argument, and the png_set_rows and png_set_unknowns
+ * functions do not make their own copies.
+ */
+#ifndef PNGINFO_H
+#define PNGINFO_H
+
+struct png_info_def
+{
+   /* the following are necessary for every PNG file */
+   png_uint_32 width;  /* width of image in pixels (from IHDR) */
+   png_uint_32 height; /* height of image in pixels (from IHDR) */
+   png_uint_32 valid;  /* valid chunk data (see PNG_INFO_ below) */
+   png_size_t rowbytes; /* bytes needed to hold an untransformed row */
+   png_colorp palette;      /* array of color values (valid & PNG_INFO_PLTE) */
+   png_uint_16 num_palette; /* number of color entries in "palette" (PLTE) */
+   png_uint_16 num_trans;   /* number of transparent palette color (tRNS) */
+   png_byte bit_depth;      /* 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16 bits/channel (from IHDR) */
+   png_byte color_type;     /* see PNG_COLOR_TYPE_ below (from IHDR) */
+   /* The following three should have been named *_method not *_type */
+   png_byte compression_type; /* must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE (IHDR) */
+   png_byte filter_type;    /* must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE (from IHDR) */
+   png_byte interlace_type; /* One of PNG_INTERLACE_NONE, PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 */
+
+   /* The following is informational only on read, and not used on writes. */
+   png_byte channels;       /* number of data channels per pixel (1, 2, 3, 4) */
+   png_byte pixel_depth;    /* number of bits per pixel */
+   png_byte spare_byte;     /* to align the data, and for future use */
+   png_byte signature[8];   /* magic bytes read by libpng from start of file */
+
+   /* The rest of the data is optional.  If you are reading, check the
+    * valid field to see if the information in these are valid.  If you
+    * are writing, set the valid field to those chunks you want written,
+    * and initialize the appropriate fields below.
+    */
+
+#if defined(PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED)
+   /* The gAMA chunk describes the gamma characteristics of the system
+    * on which the image was created, normally in the range [1.0, 2.5].
+    * Data is valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_gAMA) is non-zero.
+    */
+   png_fixed_point gamma;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED
+    /* GR-P, 0.96a */
+    /* Data valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_sRGB) non-zero. */
+   png_byte srgb_intent; /* sRGB rendering intent [0, 1, 2, or 3] */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+   /* The tEXt, and zTXt chunks contain human-readable textual data in
+    * uncompressed, compressed, and optionally compressed forms, respectively.
+    * The data in "text" is an array of pointers to uncompressed,
+    * null-terminated C strings. Each chunk has a keyword that describes the
+    * textual data contained in that chunk.  Keywords are not required to be
+    * unique, and the text string may be empty.  Any number of text chunks may
+    * be in an image.
+    */
+   int num_text; /* number of comments read or comments to write */
+   int max_text; /* current size of text array */
+   png_textp text; /* array of comments read or comments to write */
+#endif /* PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED */
+
+#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED
+   /* The tIME chunk holds the last time the displayed image data was
+    * modified.  See the png_time struct for the contents of this struct.
+    */
+   png_time mod_time;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED
+   /* The sBIT chunk specifies the number of significant high-order bits
+    * in the pixel data.  Values are in the range [1, bit_depth], and are
+    * only specified for the channels in the pixel data.  The contents of
+    * the low-order bits is not specified.  Data is valid if
+    * (valid & PNG_INFO_sBIT) is non-zero.
+    */
+   png_color_8 sig_bit; /* significant bits in color channels */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED) || \
+defined(PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED)
+   /* The tRNS chunk supplies transparency data for paletted images and
+    * other image types that don't need a full alpha channel.  There are
+    * "num_trans" transparency values for a paletted image, stored in the
+    * same order as the palette colors, starting from index 0.  Values
+    * for the data are in the range [0, 255], ranging from fully transparent
+    * to fully opaque, respectively.  For non-paletted images, there is a
+    * single color specified that should be treated as fully transparent.
+    * Data is valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_tRNS) is non-zero.
+    */
+   png_bytep trans_alpha;    /* alpha values for paletted image */
+   png_color_16 trans_color; /* transparent color for non-palette image */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED)
+   /* The bKGD chunk gives the suggested image background color if the
+    * display program does not have its own background color and the image
+    * is needs to composited onto a background before display.  The colors
+    * in "background" are normally in the same color space/depth as the
+    * pixel data.  Data is valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_bKGD) is non-zero.
+    */
+   png_color_16 background;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED
+   /* The oFFs chunk gives the offset in "offset_unit_type" units rightwards
+    * and downwards from the top-left corner of the display, page, or other
+    * application-specific co-ordinate space.  See the PNG_OFFSET_ defines
+    * below for the unit types.  Valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_oFFs) non-zero.
+    */
+   png_int_32 x_offset; /* x offset on page */
+   png_int_32 y_offset; /* y offset on page */
+   png_byte offset_unit_type; /* offset units type */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED
+   /* The pHYs chunk gives the physical pixel density of the image for
+    * display or printing in "phys_unit_type" units (see PNG_RESOLUTION_
+    * defines below).  Data is valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_pHYs) is non-zero.
+    */
+   png_uint_32 x_pixels_per_unit; /* horizontal pixel density */
+   png_uint_32 y_pixels_per_unit; /* vertical pixel density */
+   png_byte phys_unit_type; /* resolution type (see PNG_RESOLUTION_ below) */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED
+   /* The hIST chunk contains the relative frequency or importance of the
+    * various palette entries, so that a viewer can intelligently select a
+    * reduced-color palette, if required.  Data is an array of "num_palette"
+    * values in the range [0,65535]. Data valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_hIST)
+    * is non-zero.
+    */
+   png_uint_16p hist;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED
+   /* The cHRM chunk describes the CIE color characteristics of the monitor
+    * on which the PNG was created.  This data allows the viewer to do gamut
+    * mapping of the input image to ensure that the viewer sees the same
+    * colors in the image as the creator.  Values are in the range
+    * [0.0, 0.8].  Data valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_cHRM) non-zero.
+    */
+   png_fixed_point x_white;
+   png_fixed_point y_white;
+   png_fixed_point x_red;
+   png_fixed_point y_red;
+   png_fixed_point x_green;
+   png_fixed_point y_green;
+   png_fixed_point x_blue;
+   png_fixed_point y_blue;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED
+   /* The pCAL chunk describes a transformation between the stored pixel
+    * values and original physical data values used to create the image.
+    * The integer range [0, 2^bit_depth - 1] maps to the floating-point
+    * range given by [pcal_X0, pcal_X1], and are further transformed by a
+    * (possibly non-linear) transformation function given by "pcal_type"
+    * and "pcal_params" into "pcal_units".  Please see the PNG_EQUATION_
+    * defines below, and the PNG-Group's PNG extensions document for a
+    * complete description of the transformations and how they should be
+    * implemented, and for a description of the ASCII parameter strings.
+    * Data values are valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_pCAL) non-zero.
+    */
+   png_charp pcal_purpose;  /* pCAL chunk description string */
+   png_int_32 pcal_X0;      /* minimum value */
+   png_int_32 pcal_X1;      /* maximum value */
+   png_charp pcal_units;    /* Latin-1 string giving physical units */
+   png_charpp pcal_params;  /* ASCII strings containing parameter values */
+   png_byte pcal_type;      /* equation type (see PNG_EQUATION_ below) */
+   png_byte pcal_nparams;   /* number of parameters given in pcal_params */
+#endif
+
+/* New members added in libpng-1.0.6 */
+   png_uint_32 free_me;     /* flags items libpng is responsible for freeing */
+
+#if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) || \
+ defined(PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED)
+   /* Storage for unknown chunks that the library doesn't recognize. */
+   png_unknown_chunkp unknown_chunks;
+   int unknown_chunks_num;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED
+   /* iCCP chunk data. */
+   png_charp iccp_name;     /* profile name */
+   png_bytep iccp_profile;  /* International Color Consortium profile data */
+   png_uint_32 iccp_proflen;  /* ICC profile data length */
+   png_byte iccp_compression; /* Always zero */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED
+   /* Data on sPLT chunks (there may be more than one). */
+   png_sPLT_tp splt_palettes;
+   png_uint_32 splt_palettes_num;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED
+   /* The sCAL chunk describes the actual physical dimensions of the
+    * subject matter of the graphic.  The chunk contains a unit specification
+    * a byte value, and two ASCII strings representing floating-point
+    * values.  The values are width and height corresponsing to one pixel
+    * in the image.  Data values are valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_sCAL) is
+    * non-zero.
+    */
+   png_byte scal_unit;         /* unit of physical scale */
+   png_charp scal_s_width;     /* string containing height */
+   png_charp scal_s_height;    /* string containing width */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED
+   /* Memory has been allocated if (valid & PNG_ALLOCATED_INFO_ROWS)
+      non-zero */
+   /* Data valid if (valid & PNG_INFO_IDAT) non-zero */
+   png_bytepp row_pointers;        /* the image bits */
+#endif
+
+};
+#endif /* PNGINFO_H */

3rdparty/libpng/pnglibconf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+
+/* libpng STANDARD API DEFINITION */
+
+/* pnglibconf.h - library build configuration */
+
+/* Libpng 1.5.9 - February 18, 2012 */
+
+/* Copyright (c) 1998-2011 Glenn Randers-Pehrson */
+
+/* This code is released under the libpng license. */
+/* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer */
+/* and license in png.h */
+
+/* pnglibconf.h */
+/* Derived from: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa */
+/* If you edit this file by hand you must obey the rules expressed in */
+/* pnglibconf.dfa with respect to the dependencies between the following */
+/* symbols.  It is much better to generate a new file using */
+/* scripts/libpngconf.mak */
+
+#ifndef PNGLCONF_H
+#define PNGLCONF_H
+/* settings */
+#define PNG_API_RULE 0
+#define PNG_CALLOC_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_COST_SHIFT 3
+#define PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS 1
+#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED 5000
+#define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11
+#define PNG_QUANTIZE_BLUE_BITS 5
+#define PNG_QUANTIZE_GREEN_BITS 5
+#define PNG_QUANTIZE_RED_BITS 5
+#define PNG_sCAL_PRECISION 5
+#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX 0
+#define PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX 0
+#define PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX 1000000
+#define PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX 1000000
+#define PNG_WEIGHT_SHIFT 8
+#define PNG_ZBUF_SIZE 8192
+/* end of settings */
+/* options */
+#define PNG_16BIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_ALIGN_MEMORY_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_CHECK_cHRM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED
+/*#undef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED*/
+#define PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_POINTER_INDEXING_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_bKGD_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_gAMA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_hIST_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_iCCP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_iTXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_oFFs_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_OPT_PLTE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_pCAL_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_pHYs_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_sBIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_sCAL_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_sPLT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_sRGB_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_tEXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_tIME_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_tRNS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_READ_zTXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_SET_CHUNK_CACHE_LIMIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_SET_CHUNK_MALLOC_LIMIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_tEXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_bKGD_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_cHRM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_gAMA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_hIST_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_iCCP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_iTXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_oFFs_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_pCAL_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_pHYs_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_sBIT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_sCAL_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_sPLT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_sRGB_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_tEXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_TEXT_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_tIME_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_WRITE_zTXt_SUPPORTED
+#define PNG_zTXt_SUPPORTED
+/* end of options */
+#endif /* PNGLCONF_H */